SE 400 Stahlin Non Metallic Enclosures Catalog 297241

106316-Catalog 106316-Catalog 106316-Catalog 785928 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

636850-Catalog 636850-Catalog 636850-Catalog 785928 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

636850-Brochure 636850-Brochure 636850-Brochure 785928 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

103555-Catalog 103555-Catalog 103555-Catalog 785928 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 297241-Catalog 297241-Catalog 785928 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 198 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

Complete Product Catalog

SE-400

Fiberglass, Polycarbonate & PVC

Electrical and Instrumentation Enclosures

CMY

Table of Contents

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Introduction 2 - 3

General Information 4 - 11

ModRight™12 - 13

DiamondShield Series 14 - 39

Classic Series 40 - 53

Small Junction Series 54 - 59

Pushbutton Series 60 - 67

J/RJ Series 68 - 107

PolyStar™Series 108 - 113

DuraBoxx®Series 114 - 119

New Sentry®Series 120 - 123

N Series - Wall Mount and Control Tower®124 - 139

Disconnects 140 - 143

Accessories 144 - 159

Technical Information 160 - 187

Appendix: Glossary & Part Number Index 188 - 195

General

Information ModRight™

DiamondShield

Series Classic Series

Small Junction

Series

Pushbutton

Series J/RJ Series PolyStar™DuraBoxx®

New Sentry®

Series N Series Disconnects Accessories

Technical

Information Glossary

Table_of_Contents_2011_5_Table_of_Contents_2011_2_v7 8/22/11 2:08 PM Page 1

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Introduction

Introduction - Stahlin Product Catalog

How To Use Our Catalog

Designers and builders recognize that an original idea is only a framework for the

final concept. The idea will undergo many transformations to become a finished

vital product. But the quality of the original framework will greatly influence the

quality of the final outcome.

So it is with the original choice of enclosures. The choice represents the formation

of a creative idea and assists in making it a reality. This catalog is about creative

stimulation and the challenge to find your own unique

solution.

The pages have been arranged to assist you with

ordering information and the development of proper part numbers. Colored tabs help to define

key product areas and design concepts. They are provided as a means of quickly locating

products found in the index and a reference to parts of the catalog to which you might often return.

A full listing of Stahlin part numbers is offered at the rear of the catalog to help you easily find your way to

the appropriate product pages.

Additionally, each principle category has first been given a

general overview, then a technical specification of each

configuration available, such as the type of hinge or latch. And

finally, we give you a close up look at each technical drawing.

Stahlin Product Catalog

Classic Series intro pages

Classic Series technical specifications Classic Series technical drawings

and chart

01b_Intro_2011_2_Intro_2011 9/19/11 8:11 PM Page 2

Introduction - Stahlin Product Website

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

How To Use Our Website

www.Stahlin.com

Visit us online for up-to-date

information and great customer

service: Stahlin Enclosures website

features all of our product information

as well as offering a direct Customer

Service channel to facilitate and direct

your requests to maintaining a quick

response.

In most cases, Stahlin Enclosures

Customer Service team returns online

request information in 24 hours!

Take our online tour in the “About

Us” section

The “About Us” area of our website sections offer the

links and information to learn more about our products

and manufacturing facilities.

Directly download our latest Catalog and Price

Guide

Keep your ordering records up-to-date with Stahlin

product information at your fingertips.

CAD Files

All our enclosure product CAD files are available for

download at your convenience.

Simply use our Search interface or Product area to

guide yourself to the desired enclosure and choose

CAD Download options to access our files.

Social Networks and News articles

Stahlin Enclosures home page immediately offers

current company and product news introductions with

options to click and learn more throughout our website.

Join our social media and news resources by clicking

on the icons featured on our web pages.

The Media Library

Stahlin.com offers complete access to ALL Stahlin’s

literature, including an online form allowing ordering of

Stahlin Enclosures hard-copy, printed materials. Simply

fill-out your online order form and we'll mail you the

literature piece requested.

That’s right! You can order this catalog and other

literature pieces at www.stahlin.com.

Our online Customer Service and timely

responsiveness is “top-notch”!

If you have any other product or industrial related

questions please feel free to call us directly or visit our

website: www.stahlin.com

01b_Intro_2011_2_Intro_2011 9/19/11 8:11 PM Page 3

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

General

Information

General Information

Standards

General

Information

Application

The products in this catalog are designed for electrical and

electronic enclosure applications in commercial or industrial

locations that are classified as non-hazardous. Information on the

classification of hazardous and non-hazardous locations appears

at the end of this section.

The enclosure products in this publication should be applied,

installed and used only by qualified engineers, technicians or

electricians knowledgeable of the standards, laws, regulations

and ordinances associated with the respective application. The

information in this section has been condensed from several

references and is provided for guidance in selecting the

appropriate enclosure for an application. The original reference

must be consulted for detailed information.

Industry Standards

The following information is provided with permission of the

respective organizations to assist in the selection of an enclosure:

Enclosure Ratings

What are Ratings?

As a way of standardizing enclosure performance, organizations

like NEMA, UL, CSA and IEC use rating systems to identify an

enclosure's ability to resist external environmental influences.

These influences include falling dirt or liquids, hose directed water

to complete submersion and each are broken out by the TYPE

rating. While these ratings are intended to assist you in your

enclosure selection there are differences among the

organizations.

North American Standards Organizations

In North America, NEMA, UL and CSA are the more common

recognized standards organizations. Ratings between these

organizations are similar in description and performance. UL and

CSA both required enclosure testing that is conducted in certified

labs. They also conduct site evaluations or field audits to ensure

manufacturers adheres to prescribed manufacturing methods and

material specifications within the approved UL/CSA files. NEMA

publishes a standard for ratings and testing, but does not test or

list enclosures.

International Standards Organizations

IEC does not require independent testing, similar to NEMA, but

there are differences in the interpretation between the two

organizations. For example, under the IEC standards for each

level of ingress protection (IP), a certain amount of water is

allowed to enter the enclosure. Unlike UL or CSA, water-tight

means simply that. Any amount of water ingress regardless of

size or amount is considered a failure to the specification.

IEC 60529 IP ratings do not specify construction or degrees or

protection, while NEMA type ratings do specify construction and

performance requirements for most conditions. Because of these

differences in tests and evaluations, the IEC enclosure ratings

cannot be directly translated with NEMA enclosure Type ratings.

Reference Documents and Sources

National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

1300 North 17th ST, Suite 1847

Rosslyn, VA 22209

www.nema.org

NEMA Standards Publication 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts

Maximum) and NEMA Standards Publication ICS6, Enclosures for Industrial

Controls and Systems.

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

178 Rexdale Blvd.

Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3

www.csa.ca

CSA Standard C22.2 No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Ordinary (Non-

Hazardous) Locations; CSA Standard C22.2 No. 40 Cut-Out, Junction and Pull

Boxes; and CSA Standard 22.2 No. 94 Special Purpose Enclosures

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

333 Pfingsten Road

Northbrook, IL 60062-2096

www.ul.com

Underwriters Laboratories of Canada

7 Crouse Road

Scarborough, Ontario, Canada M1R 3A9

UL 50 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment; UL 94 Tests for Flammability of Plastic

Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances; UL 508 Industrial Control

Equipment; UL 870 Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings; and UL

746C Polymeric Materials - Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

1 Rue de Varembei

CH-1211

Geneva 20, Switzerland

www.iec.ch

IEC 529 Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures

IEC 204 Electrical Equipment of Industrial Machines

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

1430 Broadway

New York, NY 10018

www.ansi.org

ANSI Z55.1 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

Batterymarch Park

Quincy, MA 02269

www.nfpa.org

NFPA 70 National Electric Code

NFPA 79 Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 4

General Information – North American Standards

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

General

Information

Enclosure

Rating

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

(NEMA Standard 250) and Electrical and

Electronic Mfg. Association of Canada (EEMAC) Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

(UL 50, UL50e and UL 508) Canadian Standards Association

(Standard C22.2 No. 94)

Type 1

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection against contact with the

enclosed equipment or locations where unusual serv-

ice conditions do not exist.

Indoor use primarily to provide protection against

contact with the enclosed equipment and against a

limited amount of falling dirt.

General purpose enclosure. Protects against

accidental contact with live parts.

Type 2

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection against limited amounts

of falling water and dirt.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against

limited amounts of falling water and dirt. Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against

dripping and light splashing of non-

corrosive liquids and falling dirt.

Type 3

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection against windblown dust,

rain, and sleet; undamaged by the formation of ice on

the enclosure.

Outdoor use to provide a degree of protection

against windblown dust and windblown rain;

undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of

protection against rain, snow, and windblown dust;

undamaged by the external formation of ice on the

enclosure.

Type 3R

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection against falling rain sleet;

undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure.

Outdoor use to provide a degree of protection

against falling rain; undamaged by the formation of

ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of protec-

tion against rain and snow; undamaged by the exter-

nal formation of ice on the enclosure.

Type 4

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use pri-

marily to provide a degree of protection against wind-

blown dust and rain, splashing water, and hose-direct-

ed water; undamaged by the

formation of ice on the enclosure.

Either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of

protection against falling rain, splashing water, and

hose-directed water; undamaged by the

formation of ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of protec-

tion against rain, snow, windblown dust, splashing

and hose-directed water; undamaged by the forma-

tion of ice on on the enclosure.

Type 4X

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use pri-

marily to provide a degree of protection against corro-

sion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and

hose-directed water; undamaged by the formation of

ice on the enclosure.

Either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of

protection against falling rain, splashing water, and

hose-directed water; undamaged by the formation of

ice of ice on the enclosure; resists corrosion.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of protec-

tion against rain, snow, windblown dust, splashing

and hose-directed water; undamaged by the external

formation of ice on the enclosure; resists corrosion.

Type 6

Enclosures are intended for use indoors or

outdoors where occasional submersion is encoun-

tered. limited depth; undamaged by the formation of

ice on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of

protection against entry of water during

temporary submersion at a at a limited depth;

undamaged by the external formation of ice on the

enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use; provides a degree of

protection against the entry of water during

temporary submersionat a limited depth. Undamaged

by the external formation of ice on the enclosure;

resists corrosion.

Type 6P

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or outdoor

use to provide a degree of protection to personnel

against access to hazardous parts; to provide a degree

of protection of the equipment inside the enclosure

against ingress of solid foreign objects (falling dirt); to

provide a degree of protection with respect to harmful

effects on the equipment due to the ingress of water

(hose directed water and the entry of water during pro-

longed submersion at a limited depth); that provides

an additional level of protection against corrosion and

that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice

on the enclosure.

Indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree

of protection against hose-directed water, the entry

of water during prolonged submersion at a limited

depth and damage from external ice formation.

Indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree

of protection against hose-directed water, the entry

of water during prolonged submersion at a limited

depth and damage from external ice formation.

Type 12

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt,

and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against

dust, dirt, fiber flyings, dripping water, and external

condensation of noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use; provides a degree of protection against

circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings; dripping and

light splashing of non-corrosive liquids; not provided

with knockouts.

Type 13

Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying

of water, oil, and noncorrosive coolant.

Indoor use to provide a degree of protection against

lint, dust seepage, external condensation and

spraying of water, oil, and noncorrosive liquids.

Indoor use; provides a degree of protection against

circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings; seepage and

spraying of non-corrosive liquids, including oils and

coolants.

Enclosure Types Non-Hazardous Location

NEMA, UL, and CSA are standard writing organizations

commonly recognized in North America. Their ratings are

based on similar application descriptions and expected

performance. UL and CSA both require enclosure testing by

qualified evaluators. They also send site inspectors to make

sure a manufacturer adheres to prescribed manufacturing

methods and material specifications. NEMA, on the other

hand, does not require independent testing and leaves

compliance completely up to the manufacturer.

NEMA, UL, and CSA Ratings

This material is reproduced with permission from

NEMA. The preceding descriptions, however, are not

intended to be complete representations of National

Electrical Manufacturers Association standards for

enclosures or those of the Electrical and Electronic

Manufacturers Association of Canada.

This material is reproduced with permission from

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Enclosures for Electrical

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) shall not be respon-

sible for the use of or reliance upon a UL Standard by

anyone. UL shall not incur any obligation or liability

damages, including consequential damages, arising out

of or connection with the use, interpretation of, or

reliance upon a UL Standard.

This material is reproduced with permission from the

Canadian Standards Association.

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 5

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

General

Information

General Information

NA Standards continued and International Standards (IP Code)

A Brief Comparison Of NEMA – "Enclosure for Electrical

Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)" and IEC 60529 –

"Degrees of Protection Provided By Enclosures (IP Code)"

This publication is intended to provide a brief comparison and

explanation of some of the basic differences between NEMA

Standard 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts

maximum) and IEC Standard 60529, Degrees of Protection

provided by Enclosures (IP Code). For a detailed comparison of

the differences between the NEMA 250 and IEC 60529

performance specifications, please refer to the respective

documents.

What is IEC 60529 and what does it cover?

IEC 60529 is a standard developed through the International

Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) that describes a system for

classifying the degrees of protection provided by an enclosure. An

"enclosure" as used in 60529 is "a part providing protection of

equipment against certain external influences and in any direction

protection against direct contact".

What is not covered by IEC 60529?

IEC 60529 is NOT a "product standard" and does not cover

enclosure requirements other than the "degree of protection"

provided. For instance IEC 60529 does not specify the corrosion

protection and other environmental operating requirements and tests

defined in NEMA 250.

What does "degree of protection" mean in IEC 60529?

"Degree of protection" is a term used in the standard to describe:

1. The protection of persons against access to hazardous parts inside

the enclosure.

2. The protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against

ingress of solid foreign objects;

3. The protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against

harmful effects due to the ingress of water.

What is an "IP Code"?

The IP Code is a designation that indicates the level, or amount, of

the protection. The IP Code designation consists of the letters IP

(International Protection or Ingress Protection) followed by two

numerals. In some instances there may be an optional letter or third

digit representing protection against access and mechanical impacts.

These two items are beyond the scope of this reference. Please

consult additional resources as required.

What does the first numeral of an IP Code indicate?

The first characteristic numeral indicates the degree of protection

provided by the enclosure with respect to persons having access to

hazardous parts and with respect to solid foreign objects entering the

enclosure. See Table 1.

What does the second numeral of an IP Code indicate?

The second numeral indicates the degree of protection provided by the

enclosure with respect to the harmful ingress of water. See Table 2.

If a requirement for an enclosure Type is specified, can

an equivalent IP rated enclosure be substituted?

No! The IP Code only addresses requirements for protection of

people, ingress of solid objects, and ingress of water. There are

numerous other requirements covered by the Type designations that

are not addressed by the IEC 60529/IP Codes. IEC 60529 does not

specify:

• Construction requirements • Effects of icing

• Door and cover securement • Gasket aging and oil resistance

• Corrosion resistance • Coolant effects

The Type designation specifies requirements for these

additional performance protections. For this reason, the IEC

enclosure IP Codes designations CANNOT be converted to

enclosure Type numbers. For general cross reference comparison

see See Table 2.

Comparison of Enclosure Types for Non-hazardous Locations

Provides a Degree of Protection Against the Type of Enclosure

Following Environmental Conditions

133R 4 4X 6 6P 12 13

Incidental Contact with Enclosed Equipment •••••••••

Indoor •••••••••

Outdoor ••••••

Falling Dirt •••••••••

Dripping and Light Splashing Liquids ••••••••

Rain, Sleet*, Snow ••••••

Circulating Dust, Lint, Fibers and Flyings •••••••

Settling Dust, Lint, Fibers and Flyings •••••••

External Ice* ••••••

Hosedown and Splashing Water ••••

Oil and Coolant Seepage ••

Oil and Coolant Spraying and Splashing •

Corrosive Agents ••

Occasional Temporary Submersion ••

Occasional Prolonged Submersion •

*External operating mechanisms are not required to be operable when the enclosure is ice covered

General

Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 6

General Information - IP Code

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

No Protection

Protected against solid

objects up to 50 mm e.g.

accidental touch by

hands.

Protected against solid

objects over 12 mm. e.g.

fingers.

Protected against solid

objects over 2.5 mm.

e.g. fingers.

(tools and small wires)

Protected against dust –

limited ingress permitted

(no harmful deposits.)

Totally protected

against dust.

First Number

Protection against solid objects.

No Protection

Protected against

vertically falling drops

of water.

Second Number

Protection against liquids.

Protected against

direct sprays of water

up to 15˚ from the

vertical.

Protected against

sprays to 60˚ from

the vertical.

Protected against

water sprayed from all

directions – limited

ingress permitted.

Protected against low

pressure jets of water

from all directions –

limited ingress

permitted.

Protected against

strong jets of water e.g.

for us on ship decks –

limited ingress

permitted.

Protected against the

effects of immersion

between 15 cm and 1 m.

1 m

15 cm min.

Protected against long

periods of immersion

under water.

1 m

Protected against solid

objects over 1 mm.

e.g. fingers.

(tools and small wires)

Table 1.

General

Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 7

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

General

Information

General Information

IP Code continued

The data contained in the table is provided for information and this table must only be used to apply

NEMA ratings to IEC designators; it should not be used inversely. The cross-reference is based on

engineering judgment and is not approved by the standards organizations.

NEMA Rating IEC Rating

1 IP23

2 IP30

3 IP64

3R IP32

4 IP66

4X IP66

6 IP67

12 IP55

13 IP65

Assignment of IP Designations to NEMA Type Enclosure Ratings

Table 2.

General

Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 8

General Information – Enclosure Selection

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Enclosure Selection Guidelines

The Enclosure Selection is designed to enhance enclosure

selection by making the process easier, more consistent,

accurate and complete. The goal is to assure that factors

affecting enclosure selection are considered and the enclosure

specification is complete and accurate.

1. Examination of the Application

The requirements of your application must be taken into consider-

ation. Often the application will be associated with the market or

product. For example, does the application require a disconnect,

does it need to be wall mount or free standing. Each application

is different and needs a complete review.

2. Environmental Considerations

Regardless of application - solar field, factory floor, chemical plant,

the environment is a critical factor for consideration.

In the proposed environment, what is the highest threat? Based

on this threat and the use of NEMA ratings you can determine

which enclosure offers the best protection.

3. Material Considerations

Based on the environmental protection that you identify, you will

need to define the appropriate material for you application.

Fiberglass

Polycarbonate

PVC

ABS

Carbon Steel

Stainless Steel

Aluminum

4. Size Considerations

Several factors will need to be evaluated when specifying the size

of the enclosure, such as:

Internal equipment dimensions

Service connections

External space restrictions

Mounting and access

Climate control requirements

Aesthetics

Economics

5. Standards or Ratings

Select an enclosure that has a rating appropriate for your environ-

ment and application. Rating types from NEMA, UL, CSA, and

IEC determine an enclosures ability to withstand environmental

conditions. Keep in mind that there may be multiple enclosures

that meet the ratings which may be reduced by material and size

considerations.

6. Thermal Considerations

To maximize the life and efficiency of internal components effec-

tive thermal management considerations need to be evaluated.

One often thinks in terms of dissipating heat build-up, but one

must also consider applications that require addition of heat.

General

Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 9

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

General

Information

General Information

Hazardous Locations

Classification of Hazardous Atmospheres

The NEC classifies areas according to the nature, likelihood and

extent of ignitable flammable hazards that could exist where

electrical equipment is installed. The intent of area classification

is to prevent fires and explosions that could be caused by

electrical equipment serving as an ignition source (arc, spark,

high temperature, etc.).

The NEC divides the atmospheric explosion hazards into three

classes. Considerable skill and judgment must be applied when

deciding to what degree an area contains hazardous

concentrations of vapors, combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and

flyings. Factors such as temperature, barometric pressure,

humidity, ventilation, quantity of release, distance from the source,

etc. must all be evaluated.

An abbreviated summary of the NEC classifications appears in

the table below. For detailed information on specific

atmospheres, refer to the NEC, Articles 501-505 and 511-517.

For a more complete list of flammable liquids, gases and solids;

refer to NFPA 497A and NFPA 497B, Classification of Gases,

Vapors and Dusts for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous

(Classified) Locations.

SUMMARY OF HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES

Class Division Group Typical Atmosphere, Ignition

Temperatures

I 1 Normally hazardous A Acetylene, 305°C (581°F)

Flammable Gases, Vapors – Always present in B Hydrogen, 520°C (968°F)

Flammable and Combustible atmosphere C Ethylene, 450°C (842°F)

Liquids D Methane, 630°C (999°F)

2 Not normally hazardous A Same as Division 1

– May be present in B Same as Division 1

atmosphere C Same as Division 1

D Same as Division 1

II 1 Normally hazardous E Combustible metal dusts, or other

Combustible Dusts – Always present in combustible dusts of similar

atmosphere hazardous characteristics

F Combustible carbonaceous dusts

G Combustible dusts not included in

Group E or F, includes flour,

grain, wood, plastic & chemicals

2 Not normally hazardous F Same as Division 1

– Always present in G Same as Division 1

atmosphere

III 1 & 2 No

Ignitable fibers and flyings Groups

General

Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 10

General Information – Hazardous Locations

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

IEC methodology was added to the 1996 NEC in Article 505. The

IEC uses area classifications similar to the NEC, but with different

terms, groupings, descriptors and temperature range. Article 505

defines only Class I areas; however, the divisions and groupings

are different as shown in the following tables:

IEC Group I is for underground mines and is not covered by the

NEC. Group IIC combines NEC Groups A and B making the

requirements for acetylene the same as for hydrogen and other

highly flammable gases.

The IEC divides NEC Division 1 into Zone 0 and Zone 1. In Zone

0 the hazard is present at all times or for long periods of time. In

Zone 1 the hazard is present during normal conditions, including

repair and maintenance activities or leakage, or where operations

or processes could result in the release of a flammable mixture or

cause a simultaneous failure of electrical equipment.

CAUTION:

These methodologies are mutually exclusive and

should not be mixed and matched. Equipment

approved for the NEC classifications may be

used in the equivalent IEC area, but not vice

versa. NEC Article 500-3 requires that the area

classification, wiring and equipment selection be

under the supervision of a qualified Registered

Professional Engineer.

Enclosure ratings for hazardous locations include:

NEMA 7

Enclosures constructed for indoor use in haz-

ardous locations classified as Class I, Division 1,

Groups A, B, C or D as defined in NFPA 70.

NEMA 8

Enclosures constructed for either indoor or out-

door use in hazardous locations classified as

Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D as

defined in NFPA 70.

NEMA 9

Enclosures constructed for indoor use in haz-

ardous locations classified as Class II, Division

1, Groups E, F or G as defined in NFPA 70.

NEMA 10

Enclosures constructed to meet the require-

ments of the Mine Safety and Health

Administration, 30 C. F. R., Part 18.

COMPARISON OF GROUPS

NEC Group IEC Group

A IIC

B IIC

C IIB

D IIA

COMPARISON OF DIVISIONS WITH ZONES

NEC Division IEC Zone

Non-hazardous Non-hazardous

General

Information

General_Info_2011_3_General_Info_2010-11 8/22/11 2:19 PM Page 11

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

ModRight™

ModRight™Enclosure Modification Capabilities

This Stahlin catalog is devoted to practical applications

and solutions to enclosure problems. A variety of off-the-

shelf products are available to solve common industry

related problems. Stahlin’s ModRight Program is designed

to support you in very uncommon or complex applications.

When you need to pick up the phone for additional

assistance, think Stahlin ModRight!

The ModRight Program offers a complete range of

standard and unique modifications that make a useful

configuration right out of the carton available.

The BuildRight Program accommodates custom

manufacturing and component assembly to deliver exactly

the configuration that you desire at time of shipping.

The ProRight Program offers the capability of

prototyping a unique design through the hand layup

process or low volume molding. Product can be pre-

tested for its effectiveness before large volumes of

product are produced.

The FormRight Program is available for custom

material formulation to match your unique requirements.

Stahlin will work with you to custom formulate the sheet

molding compound with the attributes that you require for

UV, flame retardation, infestation resistance, you name it.

The DesignRight Program will take your custom

concept, perhaps your embossed logo or a completely

custom cover design, and conform it to an existing

enclosure. The result is your custom cover on a

“standard” base.

The ModRight program is multi faceted and designed

to meet a range of unique requirements from simple hole

drilling to full custom blend of fiberglass material.

ModRight Services

Stahlin Enclosures prides itself in its willingness and

ability to meet the enclosure modification needs of

customers. The combination of technologically advanced

equipment and a sound procedure for handling the most

detailed modification allows Stahlin Enclosures to process

modifications on time, and to the highest quality standards

in the industry.

Modifications can be mixed and matched in an endless

number of combinations. They can take the form of:

●

Custom mold-in colors

●

Silk screening

●

EMI/RFI shielding

●

Custom window sizes

●

Custom cutouts/holes

●

Custom size enclosures

●

Other special requests

The CostRight Program will help you determine

beforehand how cost effective the pre-assembly can be.

Prices are agreed to up front at an industry competitive

rate.

The ShipRight Program evaluates current shipping

requirements and offers “when-needed” and on time

deliveries in an agreed upon manner. Bulk shipping and

quantity requirements are considered under this program.

Modification

Information

ModRight_2011_4_ModRight_2011_3 8/22/11 2:25 PM Page 12

ModRight™

This is the total package: from

the basic product through all of its

custom/modified required changes,

to the moment it arrives at your

doorstep for installation into your

application, Stahlin ModRight

Program offers standard and

custom assistance for your

every need. To receive

a quotation or further

information, please

visit us at

www.stahlin.com.

Stahlin’s ModRight™program

can solve your custom needs.

ModRight_2011_4_ModRight_2011_3 8/22/11 2:25 PM Page 13

The DiamondShield Series DS

The DiamondShield Series was developed for design flexibility and pleasing aesthetics.

Applications include high-end electronics, harsh corrosive environments, and industrial applications

both indoors and out. Unique internal panel management capabilities provides the end user with

only the features they need for their application, yet able to use every cubic inch of valuable internal

enclosure space. The series offers an additional feature of panel mounting in the cover for use as an

operator interface in industrial equipment control stations when required.

DiamondShield

Series

DiamondShield Series Attributes

●

Available in 3 cover options:

1. Opaque cover

2. Clear polycarbonate cover

3. Flush bonded window

●

Maximum visibility to raised panels and control devices

●

High temperature, flame retardant, non corrosive, environmental designs

●

Stands up to an exceptionally broad range of chemical exposures

●

Results in an environmentally sealed, environmentally sound space

●

High impact resistance

●

Double insulated material No incidental electrical contact

●

Solid construction in a lightweight design

●

UV Resistant

DiamondShield Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

UL1741 File E333478

W, HW, HL, HPL

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Temperature Range Clear Cover (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94-V0

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 14

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 15

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield

Series

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Opaque cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

NOTES:

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 16

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield

Series

Opaque cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 17

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HPL

Opaque cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable pull latches

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 18

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield

Series

HLL

Opaque cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable link latches

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 19

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series Technical Drawings

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

REAR VIEWREAR VIEW

WOPTIONAL MTG FOOT

.50 X .31 SLOT

(4) PLC’S

COVER

REMOVED

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

SECTION B-B

SECTION A-A

BDJ

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 20

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series Technical Chart

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series Enclosures

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING

OPT. MOUNT.

SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C P X R KLST

FEET E X F

NJMWEIGHT NUMBER

DS60604W 7.41 x 7.79 x 4.31 6.77 x 6.77 x 4.06 5.93 x 4.00 4.25 4.25 3.60 .38 8.24 x 4.00 9.02 4.56 .25 3.8 lbs BP66*

DS60604HW (188 x 198 x 110) (172 x 172 x 103) (151 x 102) (108) (108) (92) (10) (209 x 102) (229) (116) (6)

DS60604HPL

DS60604HLL

DS80604W 9.41 x 7.79 x 4.31 8.77 x 6.77 x 4.06 7.91 x 4.00 6.25 4.25 3.60 .38 10.21 x 4.00 10.98 4.56 .25 4.1 lbs BP86*

DS80604HW (239 x 198 x 110) (223 x 172 x 103) (201 x 102) (159) (108) (92) (10) (259 x 102) (279) (116) (6)

DS80604HPL

DS80604HLL

DS80804W 9.39 x 9.76 x 4.31 8.74 x 8.74 x 4.06 7.91 x 6.00 6.25 6.25 3.60 .38 10.21 x 6.00 10.98 4.56 .25 4.9 lbs BP88*

DS80804HW (239 x 248 x 109) (222 x 222 x 103) (201 x 152) (159) (159) (92) (10) (259 x 152) (279) (116) (6)

DS80804HPL

DS80804HLL

DS100806W 11.42 x 9.79 x 6.31 10.73 x 8.73 x 6.06 9.89 x 6.00 8.25 6.25 5.60 .38 12.19 x 6.00 12.96 6.56 .25 6.2 lbs BP1008*

DS100806HW (290 x 249 x 160) (273 x 222 x 154) (251 x 152) (210) (159) (142) (10) (310 x 152) (329) (167) (6)

DS100806HPL

DS100806HLL

DS121006W 13.45 x 11.83 x 6.31 12.69 x 10.69 x 6.06 11.88 x 8.00 10.25 8.25 5.60 .38 14.18 x 8.00 14.95 6.56 .25 8.0 lbs BP1210*

DS121006HW (342 x 301 x 160) (322 x 272 x 154) (302 x 203) (260) (210) (142) (10) (360 x 203) (380) (167) (6)

DS121006HPL

DS121006HLL

DS141206W 15.44 x 13.86 x 6.34 14.72 x 12.72 x 6.06 13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25 5.60 .38 16.21 x 10.00 16.98 6.59 .25 10.0 lbs BP1412*

DS141206HW (392 x 352 x 161) (374 x 323 x 154) (353 x 254) (311) (260) (142) (10) (412 x 254) (431) (167) (6)

DS141206HPL

DS141206HLL

DS141208W 15.44 x 13.86 x 8.34 14.66 x 12.66 x 8.06 13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25 7.60 .38 16.19 x 10.00 16.96 8.59 .25 12.5 lbs BP1412*

DS141208HW (392 x 352 x 212) (372 x 322 x 205) (353 x 254) (311) (260) (193) (10) (411 x 254) (431) (218) (6)

DS141208HPL

DS141208HLL

DS161408W 17.58 x 15.96 x 8.34 16.69 x 14.69 x 8.06 15.96 x 12.00 14.25 12.25 7.60 .38 18.26 x 12.00 19.04 8.59 .25 13.3 lbs BP1614*

DS161408HW (447 x 405 x 212) (424 x 373 x 205) (405 x 305) (362) (311) (193) (10) (464 x 305) (484) (218) (6)

DS161408HPL

DS161408HLL

DS181610W 19.77 x 18.15 x 10.34 18.63 x 16.63 x 10.06 17.94 x 14.00 16.25 14.25 9.60 .38 20.24 x 14.00 21.02 10.59 .25 20.2 lbs BP1816*

DS181610HW (502 x 461 x 263) (473 x 422 x 256) (456 x 356) (413) (362) (244) (10) (514 x 356) (534) (269) (6)

DS181610HPL

DS181610HLL

DS201610W 21.79 x 18.16 x 10.34 20.63 x 16.63 x 10.06 19.96 x 14.00 18.25 14.25 9.59 .38 22.26 x 14.00 23.04 10.59 .25 21.7 lbs BPJ2016*

DS201610HW (554 x 461 x 263) (524 x 422 x 256) (507 x 356) (463) (362) (244) (10) (566 x 356) (585) (269) (6)

DS201610HPL

DS201610HLL

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Panel sold separately.

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 21

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DSCC

Clear cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 12, 13, 4X

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 12, 13, 4X

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Cover Flammability UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 22

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield

Series

DSCC

Clear cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Cover Flammability UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 23

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield

Series

HPL

DSCC

Clear cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable pull latches

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Cover Flammability UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:28 PM Page 24

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield

Series

HLL

DSCC

Clear cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable link latches

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Cover Flammability UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 25

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series Technical Drawings

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

REAR VIEWREAR VIEW

WOPTIONAL MTG FOOT

.50 X .31 SLOT

(4) PLC’S

COVER

REMOVED

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

SECTION B-B

SECTION A-A

BDJ

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 26

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series Technical Chart

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series Enclosures

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING

OPT. MOUNT.

SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C P X R KLST

FEET E X F

NJMWEIGHT NUMBER

DSCC60604W 7.41 x 7.79 x 4.31 6.77 x 6.77 x 4.06 5.93 x 4.00 4.25 4.25 3.60 .38 8.24 x 4.00 9.02 4.56 .25 3.8 lbs BP66*

DSCC60604HW (188 x 198 x 110) (172 x 172 x 103) (151 x 102) (108) (108) (92) (10) (209 x 102) (229) (116) (6)

DSCC60604HPL

DSCC60604HLL

DSCC80604W 9.41 x 7.79 x 4.31 8.77 x 6.77 x 4.06 7.91 x 4.00 6.25 4.25 3.60 .38 10.21 x 4.00 10.98 4.56 .25 4.1 lbs BP86*

DSCC80604HW (239 x 198 x 110) (223 x 172 x 103) (201 x 102) (159) (108) (92) (10) (259 x 102) (279) (116) (6)

DSCC80604HPL

DSCC80604HLL

DSCC80804W 9.39 x 9.76 x 4.31 8.74 x 8.74 x 4.06 7.91 x 6.00 6.25 6.25 3.60 .38 10.21 x 6.00 10.98 4.56 .25 4.9 lbs BP88*

DSCC80804HW (239 x 248 x 110) (222 x 222 x 103) (201 x 152) (159) (159) (92) (10) (259 x 152) (279) (116) (6)

DSCC80804HPL

DSCC80804HLL

DSCC100806W 11.42 x 9.79 x 6.31 10.73 x 8.73 x 6.06 9.89 x 6.00 8.25 6.25 5.60 .38 12.19 x 6.00 12.96 6.56 .25 6.2 lbs BP1008*

DSCC100806HW (290 x 249 x 160) (273 x 222 x 154) (251 x 152) (210) (159) (142) (10) (310 x 152) (329) (167) (6)

DSCC100806HPL

DSCC100806HLL

DSCC121006W 13.45 x 11.83 x 6.31 12.69 x 10.69 x 6.06 11.88 x 8.00 10.25 8.25 5.60 .38 14.18 x 8.00 14.95 6.56 .25 8.0 lbs BP1210*

DSCC121006HW (342 x 301 x 160) (322 x 272 x 154) (302 x 203) (260) (210) (142) (10) (360 x 203) (380) (167) (6)

DSCC121006HPL

DSCC121006HLL

DSCC141206W 15.49 x 13.86 x 6.34 14.72 x 12.72 x 6.06 13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25 5.60 .38 16.21 x 10.00 16.98 6.59 .25 10.0 lbs BP1412*

DSCC141206HW (393 x 352 x 161) (374 x 323 x 154) (353 x 254) (311) (260) (142) (10) (412 x 254) (431) (167) (6)

DSCC141206HPL

DSCC141206HLL

DSCC141208W 15.49 x 13.86 x 8.34 14.66 x 12.66 x 8.06 13.88 x 10.00 12.25 10.25 7.60 .38 16.19 x 10.00 16.96 8.59 .25 12.5 lbs BP1412*

DSCC141208HW (393 x 352 x 212) (372 x 322 x 205) (353 x 254) (311) (260) (193) (10) (411 x 254) (431) (218) (6)

DSCC141208HPL

DSCC141208HLL

DSCC161408W 17.58 x 15.96 x 8.34 16.69 x 14.69 x 8.06 15.96 x 12.00 14.25 12.25 7.60 .38 18.26 x 12.00 19.04 8.59 .25 13.3 lbs BP1614*

DSCC161408HW (447 x 405 x 212) (424 x 373 x 205) (405 x 305) (362) (311) (193) (10) (464 x 305) (484) (218) (6)

DSCC161408HPL

DSCC161408HLL

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Panel sold separately.

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 27

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HPL

DSW

Flush Bonded Window “HPL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable pull latches

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HPL

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 28

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HLL

DSW

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, 2 lockable link latches

Technical Specifications - DiamondShield Series

NOTES:

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HLL

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 39

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3s, 4X, 12, 13

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-Halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 29

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Window Series Technical Drawings

DiamondShield

Series

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

REAR VIEWREAR VIEW

WOPTIONAL MTG FOOT

.50 X .31 SLOT

(4) PLC’S

COVER

REMOVED

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

#10-32 TAP

(4) HOLES

SECTION B-B

SECTION A-A

BDJ

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 30

DiamondShield Window Series Technical Drawings

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SECTION A-A

DiamondShield Window Series Enclosures

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING

OPT. MOUNT.

SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C P X R KLST

FEET E X F

NJMWEIGHT NUMBER

DSW60604HPL 7.41 x 7.79 x 4.31 6.77 x 6.77 x 4.06 5.93 x 4.00 4.25 4.25 3.60 .38 8.24 x 4.00 9.02 4.56 .25 3.8 lbs BP66*

(188 x 198 x 110) (172 x 172 x 103) (151 x 102) (108) (108) (92) (10) (209 x 102) (229) (116) (6)

DSW80604HPL 9.41 x 7.79 x 4.31 8.77 x 6.77 x 4.06 7.91 x 4.00 6.25 4.25 3.60 .38 10.21 x 4.00 10.98 4.56 .25 4.1 lbs BP86*

(239 x 198 x 110) (223 x 172 x 103) (201 x 102) (159) (108) (92) (10) (259 x 102) (279) (116) (6)

DSW80804HPL 9.39 x 9.76 x 4.31 8.74 x 8.74 x 4.06 7.91 x 6.00 6.25 6.25 3.60 .38 10.21 x 6.00 10.98 4.56 .25 4.9 lbs BP88*

(239 x 248 x 110) (222 x 222 x 103) (201 x 152) (159) (159) (92) (10) (259 x 152) (279) (116) (6)

DSW100806HPL 11.42 x 9.79 x 6.31 10.73 x 8.73 x 6.06 9.89 x 6.00 8.25 6.25 5.60 .38 12.19 x 6.00 12.96 6.56 .25 6.2 lbs BP1008*

DSW100806HLL (290 x 249 x 160) (273 x 222 x 154) (251 x 152) (210) (159) (142) (10) (310 x 152) (329) (167) (6)

DSW121006HPL 13.45 x 11.83 x 6.31 12.69 x 10.69 x 6.06 11.88 x 8.00 10.25 8.25 5.60 .38 14.18 x 8.00 14.95 6.56 .25 8.0 lbs BP1210*

(342 x 301 x 160) (322 x 272 x 154) (302 x 203) (260) (210) (142) (10) (360 x 203) (380) (167) (6)

DSW141206HPL 15.49 x 13.86 x 6.34 14.72 x 12.72 x 6.06 13.91 x 10.00 12.25 10.25 5.60 .38 16.21 x 10.00 16.98 6.59 .25 10.0 lbs BP1412*

(393 x 352 x 161) (374 x 323 x 154) (353 x 254) (311) (260) (142) (10) (412 x 254) (431) (167) (6)

DSW141208HPL 15.49 x 13.86 x 8.34 14.66 x 12.66 x 8.06 13.88 x 10.00 12.25 10.25 7.60 .38 16.19 x 10.00 16.96 8.59 .25 12.5 lbs BP1412*

(393 x 352 x 212) (372 x 322 x 205) (353 x 254) (311) (260) (193) (10) (411 x 254) (431) (218) (6)

DSW161408HPL 17.58 x 15.96 x 8.34 16.69 x 14.69 x 8.06 15.96 x 12.00 14.25 12.25 7.60 .38 18.26 x 12.00 19.04 8.59 .25 13.3 lbs BP1614*

DSW161408HLL (447 x 405 x 212) (424 x 373 x 205) (405 x 305) (362) (311) (193) (10) (464 x 305) (484) (218) (6)

DSW181610HPL 19.77 x 18.15 x 10.34 18.63 x 16.63 x 10.06 17.94 x 14.00 16.25 14.25 9.60 .38 20.24 x 14.00 21.02 10.59 .25 20.2 lbs BP1816*

DSW181610HLL (502 x 461 x 263) (473 x 422 x 256) (456 x 356) (413) (362) (244) (10) (514 x 356) (534) (269) (6)

DSW201610HPL 21.79 x 18.16 x 10.34 20.63 x 16.63 x 10.06 19.96 x 14.00 18.25 14.25 9.59 .38 22.26 x 14.00 23.04 10.59 .25 21.7 lbs BPJ2016*

DSW201610HLL (554 x 461 x 263) (524 x 422 x 256) (507 x 356) (463) (362) (244) (10) (566 x 356) (585) (269) (6)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters

*Panel sold separately

SIZE ID

NUMBER UVZ

DSW60604 4.25 4.25 3.48

(107.95) (107.95) (88.26)

DSW80604 6.25 4.25 3.48

(158.75) (107.95) (88.26)

DSW80804 6.25 6.25 3.48

(158.75) (158.75) (88.26)

DSW100806 8.25 6.25 5.48

(209.55) (158.75) (139.19)

DSW121006 10.25 8.25 5.48

(260.35) (209.55) (139.19)

DSW141206 12.25 10.25 5.48

(311.15) (260.35) (139.19)

DSW141208 12.25 10.25 7.48

(311.15) (260.35) (189.99)

DSW161408 14.25 12.25 7.48

(361.95) (311.15) (189.99)

DSW181610 16.25 14.25 9.48

(412.75) (361.95) (240.79)

DSW201610 18.25 14.25 9.46

(463.55) (361.95) (240.28)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses

are in millimeters.

Viewing Window Cover (DSW)

DiamondShield

Series

WINDOW

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 31

DiamondShield

Series

The Design Difference...

Stahlin’s innovative “No-Limits” Panel Management

System®enables DiamondShield users to take

maximum advantage of ALL enclosure

space...including the inside of the cover!

●

Back Panel

●

Variable Height Stationary Panel

●

Variable Height Swing Panel

●

Dead Front Swing Panel

●

Cover Panel

The DiamondShield

Panel Management System®

Offers Many Benefits:

●

Full utilization of both space and design. All space

within the enclosure can be accessed and utilized

with minimal requirements for additional mounting

hardware.

●

Panel maneuverability at both the time of assembly

and in actual field use.

●

Optimized use and function of all usable space

within the enclosure while assisting in the mounting

of cover mounted devices, such as touchpads and

printed circuit boards.

●

Maximized visibility of panels that offer critical

feedback, such as instrumentation, while preserving

the integrity of the enclosure

●

Ability to meet unique visual requirements usually

associated with a dead front panel.

●

Ability to meet the needs for mounting surface at

rear of enclosure.

●

Ability to meet end users' design capabilities and

field changes that would otherwise require major

modification or costly disassembly.

●

Ability to externally assemble, then "drop in" to the

enclosure DIN rail mounted components, thereby

minimizing assembly, modification and field

servicing.

●

Maximum surface area for pushbutton or touchpad

layout. Maximizes end users' design possibilities.

●

Ability to meet end users' requirements for the

installation of isolated visibility or custom visual

requirements.

●

Offers restricted access to areas of adjustment

and calibration.

Unsurpassed Panel Management System®

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 32

DiamondShield

Series

Go From This!

To This!

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 33

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

BACK PANEL DEAD FRONT SWING PANEL

VARIABLE HEIGHT STATIONARY PANEL VARIABLE HEIGHT SWING PANEL

COVER PANEL

USE MULTIPLE PANELS

●

Traditional sized

back panel

●

Common industry

mounting footprint

●

Wide choice of material

●

Mounts at any height in

the enclosure base

including as back panel or

use as a top stationary

dead front panel

●

Larger panel area than

traditional back panels

maximizes surface

mounting area

●

Used in conjunction with

corner mounting posts

●

Stationary panel that

mounts to the inside of

the enclosure cover.

●

Mounts at any height in

the enclosure base

●

Hinged on one side,

secured to the other

●

Used in conjunction with

corner mounting posts

●

Mounts at the front of

the enclosure

●

Larger surface area

when compared to the

variable height

swing panel

●

Hinged on one side,

secured to the other

●

Used in conjunction with

corner mounting posts

DiamondShield Panel Management System®

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 34

DiamondShield Panel Management System®

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SIZE FIXED PANEL SWING

OPAQUE/BOND ED

CLEAR CD

ID (MIN) PANEL (MIN) (MAX) WINDOW CVR CVR (MIN)

AAABB

60604 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 2.50 1.025 (26.03) 1.025 (26.03) .375 .57

(63.50) (9.52) (14.48)

80604 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 2.50 1.025 (26.03) 1.025 (26.03) .375 .57

(63.50) (9.52) (14.48)

80804 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 2.50 1.025 (26.03) 1.025 (26.03) .375 .57

(63.50) (9.52) (14.48)

100806 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 4.50 1.025 (26.03) 1.025 (26.03) .375 .57

(114.30) (9.52) (14.48)

121006 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 4.50 1.025 (26.03) 0.994 (25.24) .375 .57

(114.30) (9.52) (14.48)

141206 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 4.50 1.025 (26.03) 0.963 (24.44) .375 .57

(114.30) (9.52) (14.48)

141208 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 6.50 1.025 (26.03) 0.963 (24.44) .375 .57

(165.1) (9.52) (14.48)

161408 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 6.50 1.025 (26.03) 0.963 (24.44) .375 .57

(165.1) (9.52) (14.48)

181610 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 8.50 1.025 (26.03) N/A .375 .57

(215.90) (9.52) (14.48)

201610 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.08) 8.50 1.025 (26.03) N/A .375 .57

(215.90) (9.52) (14.48)

Note: Swing and stationary panels adjust in 1/2" increments

"C" not applicable for clear cover

Cover panel kit not available for clear cover options

DiamondShield Series Enclosures Panel Management System®

Variable

Height

Panel

Cover

Panel

Back

Panel

Unique. Reliable. Flexible. Revolutionary. It’s What You Want It To Be!

Just imagine ... an enclosure system that truly can be what you want...and need...it to be! Today, that enclosure

system is a reality...with DiamondShield, from Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures.

The revolutionary design of DiamondShield provides a one-of-a-kind enclosure architecture that can range from

“bare bones” basic yet durable simplicity to a highly customized, sophisticated protective structure.

Variable Height Swing Panel

PART ABPANEL PANEL

NUMBER THK. TYPE

P806ASAL 6.38 6.56 .080 Flat

(162) (1167) (2)

P808ASAL 6.38 8.56 .080 Flat

(162) (217) (2)

P1008ASAL 8.38 8.56 .080 Flat

(213) (217) (2)

P1210ASAL 10.38 10.56 .080 Flat

(264) (268) (2)

P1412ASAL 12.38 12.56 .080 Flat

(314) (319) (2)

P1614ASAL 14.38 14.56 .080 Flat

(365) (370) (2)

P1816ASAL 16.38 16.56 .080 Flat

(416) (421) (2)

P2016ASAL 18.38 16.56 .080 Flat

(467) (421) (2)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 35

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Panel Management System®

Cover Panel Dimensions

PART ABCDPANEL PANEL HOLE #OF

NUMBER THK. TYPE DIA. HOLES

CP606AL 5.64 5.64 5.02 5.02 .080 Flat .25 4

(143) (143) (127) (127) (2) (6)

CP806AL 7.68 5.64 7.05 5.02 .080 Flat .25 4

(195) (143) (179) (127) (2) (6)

CP808AL 7.68 7.68 7.05 7.05 .080 Flat .25 4

(195) (195) (179) (179) (2) (6)

CP1008AL 9.71 7.71 9.08 7.08 .080 Flat .25 4

(247) (196) (231) (180) (2) (6)

CP1210AL 11.74 9.74 11.12 9.12 .080 Flat .25 4

(298) (247) (282) (232) (2) (6)

CP1412AL 13.78 11.78 13.15 11.15 .080 Flat .25 4

(350) (299) (334) (283) (2) (6)

CP1614AL 15.81 13.81 15.18 13.18 .080 Flat .25 4

(402) (351) (386) (334) (2) (6)

CP1816AL 17.94 15.94 17.31 15.31 .080 Flat .25 4

(456) (405) (440) (389) (2) (6)

CP2016AL 19.76 15.76 19.13 15.13 .080 Flat .25 4

(502) (400) (486) (384) (2) (6)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Note: Cover panel kit includes cover panel and mounting hardware.

Back Panel Dimensions

PART BA BB BK BL PANEL PANEL HOLE #OF

NUMBER THK. TYPE DIA. HOLES

BP66 4.88 4.88 4.25 4.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(124) (124) (108) (108) (2) (6)

BP86 6.88 4.88 6.25 4.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(175) (124) (159) (108) (2) (6)

BP88 6.88 6.88 6.25 6.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(175) (175) (159) (159) (2) (6)

BP108 8.88 6.88 8.25 6.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(225) (175) (210) (159) (2) (6)

BP1210 10.88 8.88 10.25 8.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(276) (225) (260) (210) (2) (6)

BP1412 12.88 10.88 12.25 10.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(327) (276) (311) (260) (2) (6)

BP1614 14.88 12.88 14.25 12.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(378) (327) (362) (311) (2) (6)

BP1816 16.88 14.88 16.25 14.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(429) (378) (413) (362) (2) (6)

BPJ2016 18.88 14.88 18.25 14.25 .090 Flat .25 4

(480) (378) (464) (362) (2) (6)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Suffix - Available materials

AL - Aluminum

CS - Painted Carbon Steel

SS - Stainless Steel

Example: BP1210AL

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 36

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Panel Management System®

Dead Front Swing Panel Dimensions

PART ABC DPANEL PANEL

NUMBER THK. TYPE

P806SWAL 8.56 6.56 5.70 6.37 .080 Flat

(217) (167) (145) (162) (2)

P808SWAL 8.56 8.56 7.70 6.37 .080 Flat

(217) (217) (196) (162) (2)

P1008SWAL 10.56 8.56 7.70 8.37 .080 Flat

(268) (217) (196) (213) (2)

P1210SWAL 12.56 10.56 10.37 9.70 .080 Flat

(319) (268) (246) (263) (2)

P1412SWAL 14.56 12.56 11.70 12.37 .080 Flat

(370) (319) (297) (314) (2)

P1614SWAL 16.56 14.56 15.57 14.37 .080 Flat

(421) (370) (399) (365) (2)

P1816SWAL 18.56 16.56 15.70 16.37 .080 Flat

(471) (421) (399) (467) (2)

P2016SWAL 20.56 16.56 15.70 18.37 .080 Flat

(522) (421) (399) (467) (2)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Variable Height Stationary Panel Dimensions

PART ABCDPANEL PANEL HOLE #OF

NUMBER THK. TYPE DIA. HOLES

P606STAL 6.56 6.56 4.25 4.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(167) (167) (108) (108) (2) (6)

P806STAL 8.56 6.56 6.25 4.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(217) (167) (159) (108) (2) (6)

P808STAL 8.56 8.56 6.25 6.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(217) (217) (159) (159) (2) (6)

P1008STAL 10.56 8.56 8.25 6.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(268) (217) (210) (159) (2) (6)

P1210STAL 12.56 10.56 10.25 8.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(319) (268) (210) (260) (2) (6)

P1412STAL 14.56 12.56 12.25 10.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(370) (319) (311) (260) (2) (6)

P1614STAL 16.56 14.56 14.25 12.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(421) (370) (362) (311) (2) (6)

P1816STAL 18.56 16.56 16.25 14.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(471) (421) (413) (362) (2) (6)

P2016STAL 20.56 16.56 18.25 14.25 .080 Flat .25 4

(522) (421) (464) (362) (2) (6)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 37

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DiamondShield Panel Management System®

Panel Kits - Accessories Only, Panels NOT Included

SIZE STATIONARY STATIONARY SWING SWING CORNER

ID PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL POST

ACCESSORY KIT BRACKET KIT ACCESSORY KIT BRACKET KIT KIT

60604 DS4PKA DSAPBKT N/A N/A DS4POST

80604 DS4PKA DSAPBKT DS4SPKA DSSPBKT DS4POST

80804 DS4PKA DSAPBKT DS4SPKA DSSPBKT DS4POST

100806 DS6PKA DSAPBKT DS6SPKA DSSPBKT DS6POST

121006 DS6PKA DSAPBKT DS6SPKA DSSPBKT DS6POST

141206 DS6PKA DSAPBKT DS6SPKA DSSPBKT DS6POST

141208 DS8PKA DSAPBKT DS8SPKA DSSPBKT DS8POST

161408 DS8PKA DSAPBKT DS8SPKA DSSPBKT DS8POST

181610 DS10PKA DSAPBKT DS10SPKA DSSPBKT DS10POST

201610 DS10PKA DSAPBKT DS10SPKA DSSPBKT DS10POST

Stationary Panel Bracket Kit

Swing Panel

Accessory Kit

Swing Panel Bracket Kit Corner Post Kit

Stationary Panel

Accessory Kit

Panel And Accessory Combination Kits, Includes Panel

SIZE DEAD FRONT VARIABLE HEIGHT VARIABLE HEIGHT VARIABLE HEIGHT

ID SWING PANEL SWING PANEL & STATIONARY PNL BACK PNL &

& ACCESS. KIT ACCESS. KIT & ACCESS. KIT ACCESS. KIT

60604 N/A N/A DS60604PKA DS60604BPKA

80604 DS80604SPK DS80604SPKA DS80604PKA DS80604BPKA

80804 DS80804SPK DS80804SPKA DS80804PKA DS80804BPKA

100806 DS100806SPK DS100806SPKA DS100806PKA DS100806BPKA

121006 DS121006SPK DS121006SPKA DS121006PKA DS121006BPKA

141206 DS141206SPK DS141206SPKA DS141206PKA DS141206BPKA

141208 DS141208SPK DS141208SPKA DS141208PKA DS141208BPKA

161408 DS161408SPK DS161408SPKA DS161408PKA DS161408BPKA

181610 DS181610SPK DS181610SPKA DS181610PKA DS181610BPKA

201610 DS201610SPK DS201610SPKA DS201610PKA DS201610BPKA

Variable Height Back Panel

& Stationary Panel Accessory Kit

Variable Height Stationary Panel &

Stationary Panel Accessory Kit

Dead Front Swing Panel

& Swing Panel Accessory Kit

Variable Height Swing Panel

& Swing Panel Accessory Kit

DiamondShield

Series

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 38

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Other Accessory Kits

SIZE MTG. FOOT OPAQUE COVER CLEAR COVER LINK LOCK PULL HINGE

ID KIT SCREW KIT SCREW KIT LATCH KIT LATCH KIT KIT

60604 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS3HINGEKIT

80604 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS4HINGEKIT

80804 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS4HINGEKIT

100806 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS5HINGEKIT

121006 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS5HINGEKIT

141206 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS6HINGEKIT

141208 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS6HINGEKIT

161408 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS6HINGEKIT

181610 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS6HINGEKIT

201610 DSMGFTKIT DSWKIT DSCCWKIT DSHLLKIT DSHPLKIT DS6HINGEKIT

Lockable Link Latch Kit

Cover

Screw Kit

Hinge Kit

Lockable Pull Latch Kit

DiamondShield Panel Management System®

DiamondShield Covers Only

PART PART PART

NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER

DS606CVR DSCC606CVR DSW606CVR

DS806CVR DSCC806CVR DSW806CVR

DS808CVR DSCC808CVR DSW808CVR

DS1008CVR DSCC1008CVR DSW1008CVR

DS1210CVR DSCC1210CVR DSW1210CVR

DS1412CVR DSCC1412CVR DSW1412CVR

DS1614CVR DSCC1614CVR DSW1614CVR

DS1816CVR DSCC1816CVR DSW1816CVR

DS2016CVR DSCC2016CVR DSW2016CVR

Includes gasketed cover only – No hardware included

Opaque Covers Clear Covers Viewing Window Covers

DiamondShield

Series

Mounting Feet

DS_Series_2011_5_DS_Series_2011 8/22/11 2:29 PM Page 39

Classic Series Attributes

●

Available in 2 cover options:

1. Opaque cover

2. Flush bonded window

●

Stands up to an exceptionally broad range of chemical exposures

●

High impact resistance

●

Double insulated material. No incidental electrical contact

●

Hidden hinge design

●

UV Resistant

●

Soft edge design, smooth lines, flush cover

●

Super abrasion-resistant acrylic window

●

High temperature, flame retardant, non-corrosive, environmental designs

Classic Series Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

UL1741 File E333478 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

W, HW, HL, HPL

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

The Classic Series CL

The Classic Series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic

applications as well as applications requiring broader environmental concerns.

These enclosures enhance the appearance of any instrument installation. They are

especially suited for high visibility locations found in both industrial and commercial

applications, but the chemical resistance and watertight capabilities make them ideal across a

broad spectrum of environmental installations as well.

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 40

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 41

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Classic Series

Opaque cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 42

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Classic Series

NOTES:

Opaque cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 43

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

CLASSIC SERIES

Opaque cover “HL” configuration - Hinged, through-the-door latch

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Latch Material Glass filled polyamide

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 44

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

CLASSIC SERIES

HLL

Opaque cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 45

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HPL

Opaque cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - Classic Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 46

Classic Series Technical Drawings

CLASSIC SERIES

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNWEIGHT NUMBER

CL707W 7.21 x 7.21 x 5.09 6.65 x 6.65 x 4.84 5.71 x 5.71 4.39 4.25 4.25 4.04 4.04 3.5 lbs. BP66*

CL707HW (183 x 183 x 129) (169 x 169 x 123) (145 x 145) (111) (108) (108) (103) (103)

CL707HL

CL707HPL

CL907W 9.21 x 7.21 x 5.09 8.59 x 6.59 x 4.84 7.71 x 5.71 4.39 6.25 4.25 6.04 4.04 4.2 lbs. BP86*

CL907HW (234 x 183 x 129) (218 x 167 x 123) (196 x 145) (111) (159) (108) (154) (103)

CL907HL

CL907HPL

CL1109W 11.21 x 9.21 x 6.09 10.59 x 8.59 x 5.84 9.71 x 7.71 5.39 8.25 6.25 8.04 6.04 5.9 lbs. BP108*

CL1109HW (285 x 234 x 155) (269 x 218 x 148) (247 x 196) (137) (210) (159) (204) (154)

CL1109HL

CL1109HPL

CL1311W 13.21 x 11.21 x 6.59 12.59 x 10.59 x 6.34 11.71 x 9.71 5.89 10.25 8.25 10.04 8.04 7.6 lbs. BP1210*

CL1311HW (336 x 285 x 167) (320 x 269 x 161) (298 x 247) (150) (260) (210) (255) (204)

CL1311HL

CL1311HLL

CL1311HPL

CL1513W 15.21 x 13.21 x 7.09 14.55 x 12.55 x 6.84 13.71 x 11.71 6.39 12.25 10.25 12.04 10.04 11.4 lbs. BP1412*

CL1513HW (386 x 336 x 180) (370 x 319 x 174) (348 x 298) (162) (311) (260) (306) (255)

CL1513HL

CL1513HLL

CL1513HPL

Note: Hinged Short Side available; consult factory for details.

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Panel ordered separately.

Classic Series Opaque Cover Enclosures

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Classic Series

CL_Series_2011_4_CL_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:30 PM Page 47

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

CLW

Flush Bonded Window “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)

Window Flammability Rating UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

NOTES:

Accessories

Classic Window

Series

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 48

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

CLW

Flush Bonded Window “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)

Window Flammability Rating UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Classic Window

Series

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 49

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HLL

CLW

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)

Window Flammability Rating UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

Accessories

Classic Window

Series

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 50

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HPL

CLW

“HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - Classic Window Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76° F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F ) (-32°C to +76°C)

Window Flammability Rating UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

Accessories

Classic Window

Series

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 51

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Classic Window Series Technical Drawings

SECTION B-B

HM A

1.47

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

SECTION A-A

Classic Window

Series

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 52

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Classic Window Series Flush Bonded Window Enclosures

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE WINDOW AREA MOUNTING SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C [MAXIMUM] E X F JKLMNWEIGHT NUMBER

CLW707HW 7.21 x 7.21 x 5.09 6.65 x 6.65 x 4.84 5.06 x 5.06 5.71 x 5.71 4.39 4.25 4.25 4.04 4.04 4 lbs. BP66*

CLW707HPL (183 x 183 x 129) (169 x 169 x 123) (129 x 129) (145 x 145) (111) (108) (108) (103) (103)

CLW907HW 9.21 x 7.21 x 5.09 8.59 x 6.59 x 4.84 7.06 x 5.06 7.71 x 5.71 4.39 6.25 4.25 6.04 4.04 4.3 lbs. BP86*

CLW907HPL (234 x 183 x 129) (218 x 167 x 123) (179 x 129) (196 x 145) (111) (159) (108) (154) (103)

CLW1109HW 11.21 x 9.21 x 6.09 10.59 x 8.59 x 5.84 9.06 x 7.06 9.71 x 7.71 5.39 8.25 6.25 8.04 6.04 6 lbs. BP108*

CLW1109HPL (285 x 234 x 155) (269 x 218 x 148) (230 x 179) (247 x 196) (137) (210) (159) (204) (154)

CLW1311W 13.21 x 11.21 x 6.59 12.59 x 10.59 x 6.34 11.06 x 9.06 11.71 x 9.71 5.89 10.25 8.25 10.04 8.04 7.8 lbs. BP1210*

CLW1311HW (336 x 285 x 167) (320 x 269 x 161) (281 x 230) (298 x 247) (150) (260) (210) (255) (204)

CLW1311HLL

CLW1311HPL

CLW1513HW 15.21 x 13.21 x 7.09 14.55 x 12.55 x 6.84 13.06 x 11.06 13.71 x 11.71 6.39 12.25 10.25 12.04 10.04 11.6 lbs. BP1412*

CLW1513HLL (386 x 336 x 180) (370 x 319 x 174) (332 x 281) (348 x 298) (162) (311) (260) (306) (255)

CLW1513HPL

Note: Hinge Short Side available; consult factory for details.

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Panel ordered separately.

Classic Window Series Flush Bonded Window Enclosures

Classic Window

Series

CLW_Series_2011_3_CLW_Series_2011_3 8/22/11 2:47 PM Page 53

The CF and F Series is built around two enclosure designs. Both feature a slim style with flush

side walls, while the F Series features an overhang cover style. Both are designed from fiberglass

reinforced polyester and feature a continuous polyurethane gasket that provides a complete

environmental seal.

These enclosures are ideal for compact or portable control or simply as a small junction box.

Both of these streamlined series feature unobstructed sidewalls, captive stainless steel cover

screws and a full range of sizes.

The F Series features a small overhang cover but also adds back panel mounting capabilities.

CF and F Series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and

any application that has associated environmental concerns.

CF and F Series Attributes

●

Memory retaining continuous polyurethane gasket

●

Captive stainless steel cover screws

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Submersible, non corrosive, environmental design

●

High impact resistance

The CF and F Series

Small Junction

Series

CF Series Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

UL1741 File E333478

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 54

Small Junction

Series

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 55

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Small Junction

Series

“CF” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - CF Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Cover screws Recessed captive stainless steel screws

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Enclosure mounting Mounting wells located under the cover/outside the gasket area.

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std 22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Small Junction

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 56

CF Series Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Small Junction

Series

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE SHIPPING

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C IJ K L M NPQ WEIGHT

*CF332 3.72 x 3.63 x 2.95 3.13 x 3.03 x 2.70 00 2.31 2.75 1.59 2.03 2.2 4.4 0.9 lbs.

(95 x 92 x 75) (79 x 77 x 69) (0) (0) (59) (70) (40) (52) (56) (112)

CF532 5.97 x 3.63 x 3.14 5.38 x 3.03 x 2.87 4.72 2.38 4.56 2.75 3.84 2.03 2.2 6.7 1.2 lbs.

(152 x 92 x 80) (137 x 77 x 73) (120) (61) (116) (70) (98) (52) (56) (169)

CF644 6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89 6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63 5.31 2.50 4.88 2.94 4.13 2.19 2.2 7.3 1.5 lbs.

(168 x 97 x 99) (153 x 81 x 92) (135) (64) (124) (75) (105) (56) (56) (186)

CF832 8.41 x 3.63 x 3.14 7.82 x 3.03 x 2.87 7.16 2.38 7.00 2.75 6.28 2.03 2.2 9.1 1.5 lbs.

(214 x 92 x 80) (199 x 77 x 73) (182) (60) (178) (70) (160) (52) (56) (231)

CF844 8.88 x 3.81 x 3.89 8.26 x 3.19 x 3.63 7.56 2.50 7.13 2.94 6.38 2.19 2.2 9.6 1.8 lbs.

(225 x 97 x 99) (210 x 81 x 92) (192) (64) (181) (75) (162) (56) (56) (243)

CF932 9.35 x 3.63 x 3.14 8.75 x 3.03 x 2.87 8.10 2.38 7.94 2.75 7.22 2.03 2.2 10.1 1.6 lbs.

(237 x 92 x 80) (222 x 77 x 73) (206) (60) (202) (70) (183) (52) (56) (256)

CF1144 11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89 10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63 9.81 2.50 9.37 2.94 8.63 2.19 2.2 11.8 2.1 lbs.

(283 x 97 x 99) (267 x 81 x 92) (249) (64) (238) (75) (219) (56) (56) (300)

CF1432 13.78 x 3.63 x 3.14 13.19 x 3.03 x 2.87 12.53 2.38 12.37 2.75 11.66 2.03 2.2 14.5 2.1 lbs.

(350 x 92 x 80) (335 x 77 x 73) (318) (60) (314) (70) (296) (52) (56) (368)

CF1732 17.35 x 3.63 x 3.14 16.75 x 3.03 x 2.87 16.10 2.38 15.94 2.75 15.22 2.03 2.2 18 2.8 lbs.

(441 x 92 x 80) (426 x 77 x 73) (409) (60) (405) (70) (387) (52) (56) (458)

*Flat Cover

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters

CF Series Enclosures

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 57

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

“F” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - Small Junction Series

NOTES:

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Cover screws Captive stainless steel screws

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Enclosure mounting Mounting wells located under the cover/outside the gasket area.

Cover retention Stainless steel beaded cover retention chain

Panel Mounting Raised bosses with brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws for

optional panel mounting

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std 22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Small Junction

Series

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 58

F Series Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLM N WEIGHT NUMBER

F 763 7.63 x 6.63 x 3.19 6.90 x 5.90 x 2.88 5.37 x 5.63 2.48 5.37 4.25 4.52 4.9 2.5 lbs. BP76*

(194 x 168 x 81) (175 x 150 x 73) (137 x 143) (63) (137) (108) (115) (124)

F 963 9.87 x 6.63 x 3.19 9.15 x 5.90 x 2.88 7.62 x 5.63 2.48 7.62 4.25 6.77 4.9 2.6 lbs. BP96*

(251 x 168 x 81) (232 x 150 x 73) (194 x 143) (63) (194) (108) (172) (124)

*Panel ordered separately

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters

F Series Enclosures

SECTION A-A

SECTION B-B

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

M A

Small Junction

Series

CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1_CF_SmJunction_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 2:49 PM Page 59

Pushbutton

Series

The Pushbutton Series

The Pushbutton Series includes two separate enclosure designs, an in-line style and a multi-hole

style configuration. Both are designed from fiberglass reinforced polyester and feature a continuous

polyurethane gasket that provides a complete environmental seal. A full metal grounding strap is

furnished with each configuration for ease of bonding.

Designed as a true pushbutton station, the in-line enclosure does not offer a provision for panel

mounting. If panel mounting is required, the preferred enclosure would be the multi-hole pushbutton.

Unobstructed side-walls, captive stainless steel cover screws and a full range of sizes makes this a most

versatile offering. This unique in-line enclosures will house pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights in both

30mm and 22mm configurations.

The alternate configuration is the multi-hole design which has a integral flange mount and back panel

capabilities. This series is ideal for high density pushbutton mounting and can accommodate up to nine

operators on a single cover. This multi-hole design is compatible with 30mm configuration components.

Pushbutton series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and any

application that has associated environmental concerns. Custom hole configurations are available upon

request. Please consult factory.

Pushbutton Series Attributes

●

Flush cover design

●

Memory retaining continuous polyurethane gasket

●

Captive stainless steel cover screws

●

Full metal grounding strap

●

Notched key hole design

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Submersible, non corrosive, environmental design

●

Available in 30mm and 22mm configurations

Pushbutton Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358

Type 1, 3, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std 22.2 File LR069014

Type 1, 3, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:51 PM Page 60

Pushbutton

Series

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 61

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Pushbutton

Series

“CF” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover 30mm

Technical Specifications - Pushbutton Series

NOTES:

Push Button

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Custom Painting pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Cover screws Recessed captive stainless steel screws

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Enclosure mounting Mounting wells located under the cover, outside gasket area

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 62

Pushbutton Series “30mm In-Line” Configuration Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Pushbutton

Series

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE SHIPPING

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C IJ K L M N O WEIGHT

CF1PB 6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89 6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63 5.31 2.5 4.88 2.94 4.13 2.19 3.31 1.5 lbs.

(168 x 97 x 99) (153 x 81 x 92) (135) (64) (124) (75) (105) (56) (84)

CF2PB 6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89 6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63 5.31 2.5 4.88 2.94 4.13 2.19 2.19 1.5 lbs.

(168 x 97 x 99) (153 x 81 x 92) (135) (64) (124) (75) (105) (56) (56)

CF3PB 8.88 x 3.81 x 3.89 8.26 x 3.19 x 3.63 7.56 2.5 7.13 2.94 6.38 2.19 2.19 1.8 lbs.

(225 x 97 x 99) (210 x 81 x 92) (192) (64) (181) (75) (162) (56) (56)

CF4PB 11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89 10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63 9.81 2.5 9.37 2.94 8.63 2.19 2.19 2.0 lbs.

(283 x 97 x 99) (267 x 81 x 92) (249) (64) (238) (75) (219) (56) (56)

CF5PB 13.78 x 3.63 x 3.14 13.19 x 3.03 x 2.87 12.53 2.38 12.37 2.75 11.66 2.03 2.39 2.1 lbs.

(350 x 92 x 80) (335 x 77 x 73) (318) (60) (314) (70) (296) (52) (61)

CF6PB 17.35 x 3.63 x 3.14 16.75 x 3.03 x 2.87 16.1 2.38 15.94 2.75 15.22 2.03 3.05 3.0 lbs.

(441 x 92 x 80) (426 x 77 x 73) (409) (60) (405) (70) (387) (52) (77)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

Note: Shown CF3PB for Reference.

Pushbutton Series Enclosures - “30mm In-Line” Configuration Dimensions

H I

M A

FRONT VIEW

SECTION B-B

SECTION A-A

2.25

.190

(57)

(5)

.190

.672

1.210

(5)

(17)

(31)

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 63

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

“CF” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover 22mm

Technical Specifications - Pushbutton Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Custom Painting pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Cover screws Recessed captive stainless steel screws

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Enclosure mounting Mounting wells located under the cover, outside gasket area

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 157

Push Button

Pushbutton

Series

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 64

Pushbutton Series “22mm In-Line” Configuration Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE SHIPPING

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C IJ K L M N O WEIGHT

CF1PB-22 6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89 6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63 5.31 2.5 4.88 2.94 4.13 2.19 3.31 1.6 lbs.

(168 x 97 x 99) (153 x 81 x 92) (135) (64) (124) (75) (105) (56) (84)

CF2PB-22 6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89 6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63 5.31 2.5 4.88 2.94 4.13 2.19 2.53 1.6 lbs.

(168 x 97 x 99) (153 x 81 x 92) (135) (64) (124) (75) (105) (56) (64)

CF3PB-22 6.63 x 3.81 x 3.89 6.00 x 3.19 x 3.63 5.31 2.5 4.88 2.94 4.13 2.19 1.75 1.6 lbs.

(168 x 97 x 99) (153 x 81 x 92) (135) (64) (124) (75) (105) (56) (44)

CF4PB-22 8.88 x 3.81 x 3.89 8.26 x 3.19 x 3.63 7.56 2.5 7.13 2.94 6.38 2.19 2.09 1.8 lbs.

(225 x 97 x 99) (210 x 81 x 92) (192) (64) (181) (75) (162) (56) (53)

CF5PB-22 11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89 10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63 9.81 2.5 9.37 2.94 8.63 2.19 2.44 2.1 lbs.

(283 x 97 x 99) (267 x 81 x 92) (249) (64) (238) (75) (219) (56) (62)

CF6PB-22 11.13 x 3.81 x 3.89 10.51 x 3.19 x 3.63 9.81 2.5 9.37 2.94 8.63 2.19 1.66 2.1 lbs.

(283 x 97 x 99) (267 x 81 x 92) (249) (64) (238) (75) (219) (56) (42)

All measures are in inches, items in parenthesis are in millimeters.

Note: Shown CF4PB-22 for Reference.

Pushbutton Series Enclosures - “22mm In-Line” Configuration Dimensions

1.56

H I

1.56

(40)

SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

M A

SECTION B-B

.875

.125

.468

(3)

(12)

(22)

Pushbutton

Series

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 65

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

“F” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover 30mm

Technical Specifications - Pushbutton Series

NOTES:

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Cover screws Recessed captive stainless steel screws

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Enclosure mounting Integral mounting flange for ease of mounting

Cover retention Stainless steel beaded cover retention chain

Panel Mounting Raised bosses with brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws for

optional panel mounting

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Push Button

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Custom Painting pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet pg. 155

Pushbutton

Series

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 66

Pushbutton Series “Multi-Hole” Configuration Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

CATALOG HOLE OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER CONFIG. H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNOPDIA. WT. NUMBER

F4PBW 2 x 2 7.50 x 7.50 x 4.75 5.72 x 5.72 x 4.45 6.75 x 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 0.25 7.52 2.64 2.64 0.31 2.7 lbs. BP66*

(191 x 191 x 121) (145 x 145 x 113) (171 x 101) (101) (108) (108) (6) (191) (67) (67) (8)

F6PBW 3 x 2 9.62 x 7.50 x 4.74 7.73 x 5.74 x 4.45 8.88 x 4.00 4.00 6.25 4.25 0.25 9.5 2.64 2.51 0.31 3.5 lbs. BP86*

(244 x 191 x 121) (196 x 146 x 113) (225 x 101) (101) (159) (108) (6) (242) (67) (64) (8)

F9PBW 3 x 3 11.62 x 9.41 x 4.25 9.73 x 7.73 x 3.98 10.75 x 6.00 3.50 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.35 3.43 2.45 0.31 5.0 lbs. BP108*

(295 x 239 x 108) (247 x 196 x 101) (273 x 152) (89) (209) (159) (6) (288) (87) (62) (8)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

Note: Shown F6PBW for Reference.

* Panel ordered separately.

Pushbutton Series Enclosures - “Multi-Hole” Configuration Dimensions

2.25 (57)

SECTION A-A

SECTION B-B

HOLE DIA.

4 PLC'S.

HEA

.190

.672

1.210

(31) (17)

(5)

2.25

(57)

Pushbutton

Series

Pushbutton_Series_2011_3_Pushbutton_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 2:52 PM Page 67

J/ RJ Series

The J/RJ Series J

The J Series enclosures follow the original design of fiberglass enclosure products featuring a modest overhang cover

on a flange mounted base. This simple but elegant concept offers unobstructed side-walls, built in mounting capabilities

and the strength characteristics associated with a protective wrap around cover that is hinged, latched or screwed down.

Stahlin's J series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and any application that has

associated environmental concerns. Simple in its design, the enclosure can be configured with cutouts, windows and

modifications that make your finished product truly unique.

J series products enhance any instrument installation. They accommodate standard back panel mounting but offer a

range of panels, including an elevated dead front panel that is highly visible through a cover mounted window.

If extra depth is required, the series offers a “raised cover” that increases depth by adding to the depth of the cover.

This feature can be particularly effective with cover mounted components. There is a multitude of variations available in

this simple but elegant design.

J/RJ Series Attributes

●

Available in 3 cover options on certain size enclosures:

1. Opaque Cover

2. Flush Bonded Window

3. Clear Polycarbonate Cover

●

Overhang cover on smooth sided base

●

High temperature, flame retardant, non-corrosive

●

All stainless hardware latches and screws

●

Full length stainless steel hinge

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Submersible, non corrosive, environmental designs

●

Stainless steel retention chain on screw covers

●

Continuous polyurethane gasket

J/RJ Series Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014

Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

UL1741 File E333478

W, HW, HPL, FHW, FHPL

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Temperature Range Clear Cover (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94-V0

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 68

J/ RJ Series

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 69

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

Opaque Cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - J Series

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover retention chain Stainless steel beaded chain for securing cover after lift off

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

NOTES:

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 70

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

Opaque Cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - J Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset).

Available standard in Glacier Grey or White

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Color Available Standard in Glacier Grey or White

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 71

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

HLL

Opaque Cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

Technical Specifications - J Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 72

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

HPL

Opaque Cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - J Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset).

Available standard in Glacier Grey or White

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Color Available Standard in Glacier Grey or White

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 73

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

FHW

NOTES:

Opaque Cover “FHW” configuration - Fiberglass hinge, four cover screws

Technical Specifications - J Series

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

FHW

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Hinge Material Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

FHW

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-haloginated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

FHW

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 74

J Series Technical Drawings continued on following pages

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

HOLE DIA.

4 PLC'S.

SEC TION A-A

Aluminum

Panel

.080" Thick

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

Crowned Cover

Available in 1008

sizes only

SECTION B-B

Standard Flat Cover Crowned Cover

J Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

J604W 7.47 x 5.45 x 4.70 5.84 x 3.85 x 4.45 6.75 x 2.00 3.97 4.25 2.25 0.25 7.39 0.31 2.40 lbs. BP64**

J604HW*** (190 x 138 x 119) (148 x 98 x 113) (171 x 51) (101) (108) (57) (6) (188) (8)

J604HLL

J604HPL***

J606W 7.50 x 7.53 x 4.82 5.72 x 5.72 x 4.45 6.75 x 4.00 3.97 4.25 4.25 0.25 7.53 0.31 2.80 lbs. BP66**

J606HW*** (191 x 191 x 122) (145 x 145 x 113) (171 x 101) (101) (108) (108) (6) (191) (8)

J606HLL

J606HPL***

J806W 9.63 x 7.52 x 4.70 7.73 x 5.74 x 4.45 8.88 x 4.00 3.92 6.25 4.25 0.25 9.5 0.31 3.50 lbs. BP86**

J806HW*** (245 x 191 x 119) (196 x 146 x 113) (225 x 101) (100) (159) (108) (6) (242) (8)

J806HLL

J806HPL***

J806FHW

J808W 9.56 x 9.38 x 4.87 7.73 x 7.73 x 4.62 8.75 x 6.00 3.98 6.25 6.25 0.25 9.38 0.31 3.80 lbs. BP88**

J808HW*** (243 x 238 x 124) (196 x 196 x 117) (222 x 152) (101) (159) (159) (6) (238) (8)

J808HLL

J808HPL***

J808FHW

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"

**Panel ordered separately

***Available in white by placing WH prior to part number ex. WH-J604HW

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 75

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

J Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLM NDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

J1008W 11.63 x 9.41 x 4.22 9.73 x 7.73 x 3.98 10.75 x 6.00 3.44 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.35 0.31 4.60 lbs. BP108**

J1008HW*** (295 x 239 x 107) (247 x 196 x 101) (273 x 152) (87) (210) (159) (6) (288) (8)

J1008HLL

J1008HPL***

J1008FHW

J1008WA* 11.63 x 9.37 x 5.08 9.73 x 7.73 x 4.83 10.75 x 6.00 4.38 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.38 0.31 4.70 lbs. BP108**

J1008HWA* (295 x 238 x 129) (247 x 196 x 123) (273 x 152) (111) (210) (159) (6) (289) (8)

J1008HALL*

J1008FHAPL*

J1008FHWA*

Crowned Cover

J100806W 11.97 x 9.42 x 6.50 9.74 x 7.74 x 6.25 10.94 - 10.75 x 6.00 5.67 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.42 0.31 5.20 lbs. BP108**

J100806HW*** (304 x 239 x 165) (248 x 197 x 159) (278 - 273 x 152) (141) (210) (159) (6) (290) (8)

J100806HLL

J100806HPL***

J100806FHW

J1210W 13.56 x 11.43 x 5.22 11.79 x 9.80 x 4.94 12.75 x 8.00 4.50 10.25 8.25 0.25 13.41 0.31 6.60 lbs. BP1210**

J1210HW*** (344 x 291 x 133) (299 x 249 x 125) (324 x 203) (114) (260) (210) (6) (341) (8)

J1210HLL

J1210HPL***

J1210FHW

J1212W 13.56 x 13.38 x 6.34 11.70 x 11.70 x 6.10 12.75 x 10.00 5.51 10.25 10.25 0.25 13.38 0.31 8.40 lbs. BP1212**

J1212HW*** (344 x 340 x 161) (297 x 297 x 155) (324 x 254) (140) (260) (260) (6) (340) (8)

J1212HLL

J1212HPL***

J1212FHW

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"

** Panel ordered separately

***Available in white by placing WH prior to part number ex. WH-J604HW

J Series Technical Information

HOLE DIA.

4 PLC'S.

SEC TION A-A

Aluminum

Panel

.080" Thick

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

Crowned Cover

Available in 1008

sizes only

SECTION B-B

Standard Flat Cover Crowned Cover

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 76

J Series Technical Information

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

J Series

J Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLM NDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

J1407W 15.87 x 8.75 x 6.81 14.00 x 7.00 x 6.56 15.00 x 5.00 6.11 12.25 5.25 0.25 15.75 0.31 6.10 lbs. BP1407**

J1407HW*** (403 x 222 x 173) (356 x 178 x 167) (381 x 127) (155) (311) (133) (6) (400) (8)

J1407HLL

J1407HPL***

J1407FHW

J1412W 15.50 x 13.48 x 6.20 13.50 x 11.52 x 5.94 14.62 x 10.00 5.36 12.25 10.25 0.25 15.48 0.31 9.90 lbs. BP1412**

J1412HW*** (394 x 342 x 158) (343 x 293 x 151) (372 x 254) (137) (311) (260) (6) (393) (8)

J1412HLL

J1412HPL***

J1412FHW

J1614W 17.53 x 15.46 x 6.21 15.60 x 13.56 x 5.94 16.75 x 12.00 5.35 14.25 12.25 0.25 17.46 0.31 12.20 lbs. BP1614**

J1614HW*** (445 x 393 x 157) (396 x 344 x 151) (425 x 305) (136) (362) (311) (6) (444) (8)

J1614HLL

J1614HPL***

J1614FHW

J1816W 19.63 x 17.61 x 8.81 17.69 x 15.69 x 8.45 18.88 x 12.00 7.98 16.25 14.25 0.25 19.61 0.31 20.00 lbs. BP1816**

J1816HW*** (499 x 447 x 224) (449 x 399 x 215) (479 x 305) (203) (413) (362) (6) (498) (8)

J1816HLL

J1816HPL***

J1816FHW

J2016W 22.00 x 17.68 x 8.81 19.72 x 15.72 x 8.45 21.25 x 10.00 7.98 18.25 14.25 0.25 21.68 0.31 22.50 lbs. BPJ2016**

J2016HW*** (559 x 449 x 224) (501 x 399 x 215) (540 x 254) (203) (464) (362) (6) (551) (8)

J2016HLL

J2016HPL***

J2016FHW

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"

** Panel ordered separately

***Available in white by placing WH prior to part number ex. WH-J604HW

HOLE DIA.

4 PLC'S.

SEC TION A-A

Aluminum

Panel

.080" Thick

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

Crowned Cover

Available in 1008

sizes only

SECTION B-B

Standard Flat Cover Crowned Cover

J_Series_2011_3_J_Series_2011_v7 8/22/11 3:04 PM Page 77

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JW Series

HLL

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

Technical Specifications - JW Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Bonded window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76 °C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76 °C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94V-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 78

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JW Series

HPL

Flush Bonded Window “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - JW Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Bonded window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76 °C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76 °C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94V-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 79

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SECTION A-A

Aluminum

Panel

Thick

FRONT VIEW

WITHOUT COVER

Crowned Cover

Available in 1008

sizes only

SECTION B-B

Standard Flat Cover Crowned Cover

JW Series Technical Drawings

JW Series

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 80

JW Series Technical Chart

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JW Series Enclosures

WINDOW AREA

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE (MAXIMUM) MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C P X Q E X F JKLMNDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

JW604HLL 7.47 x 5.45 x 4.70 5.84 x 3.85 x 4.45 4.25 x 2.25 6.75 x 2.00 3.97 4.25 2.25 0.25 7.39 0.31 2.40 lbs. BP64**

JW604HPL (190 x 138 x 119) (148 x 98 x 113) (108 x 57) (171 x 51) (101) (108) (57) (6) (188) (8)

JW606HLL 7.50 x 7.53 x 4.82 5.72 x 5.72 x 4.45 4.25 x 4.25 6.75 x 4.00 3.97 4.25 4.25 0.25 7.53 0.31 2.80 lbs. BP66**

JW606HPL (191 x 191 x 122) (145 x 145 x 113) (108 x 108) (171 x 101) (101) (108) (108) (6) (191) (8)

JW806HLL 9.63 x 7.52 x 4.70 7.73 x 5.74 x 4.45 6.25 x 4.25 8.88 x 4.00 3.92 6.25 4.25 0.25 9.5 0.31 3.50 lbs. BP86**

JW806HPL (245 x 191 x 119) (196 x 146 x 113) (159 x 108) (225 x 101) (100) (159) (108) (6) (242) (8)

JW808HLL 9.56 x 9.38 x 4.87 7.73 x 7.73 x 4.62 8.75 x 6.00 8.75 x 6.00 3.98 6.25 6.25 0.25 9.38 0.31 3.80 lbs. BP88**

(243 x 238 x 124) (196 x 196 x 117) (222 x 152) (222 x 152) (101) (159) (159) (6) (238) (8)

JW1008HLL 11.63 x 9.41 x 4.22 9.73 x 7.73 x 3.98 8.25 x 6.25 10.75 x 6.00 3.44 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.35 0.31 4.60 lbs. BP108**

JW1008HPL (295 x 239 x 107) (247 x 196 x 101) (210 x 159) (273 x 152) (87) (210) (159) (6) (288) (8)

JW1008HALL* 11.63 x 9.37 x 5.08 9.73 x 7.73 x 4.71 8.25 x 6.25 10.75 x 6.00 4.25 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.38 0.31 4.70 lbs. BP108**

JW1008HAPL* (295 x 238 x 129) (247 x 196 x 120) (210 x 159) (273 x 152) (108) (210) (159) (6) (289) (8)

Crowned Cover

JW100806HLL 11.97 x 9.42 x 6.50 9.74 x 7.74 x 6.25 8.25 x 6.25 10.94 - 10.75 x 6.00 5.67 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.42 0.31 5.20 lbs. BP108**

JW100806HPL (304 x 239 x 165) (248 x 197 x 159) (210 x 159) (278 - 273 x 152) (141) (210) (159) (6) (290) (8)

JW1210HLL 13.56 x 11.43 x 5.22 11.79 x 9.80 x 4.94 10.25 x 8.25 12.75 x 8.00 4.50 10.25 8.25 0.25 13.41 0.31 6.60 lbs. BP1210**

JW1210HPL (344 x 291 x 133) (299 x 249 x 125) (260 x 210) (324 x 203) (114) (260) (210) (6) (341) (8)

JW1212HLL 13.56 x 13.38 x 6.34 11.70 x 11.70 x 6.10 12.75 x 10.00 12.75 x 10.00 5.51 10.25 10.25 0.25 13.38 0.31 8.40 lbs. BP1212**

JW1212HPL (344 x 340 x 161) (297 x 297 x 155) (324 x 254) (324 x 254) (140) (260) (260) (6) (340) (8)

JW1407HPL 15.87 x 8.75 x 6.81 14.00 x 7.00 x 6.56 12.75 x 5.75 15.00 x 5.00 6.11 12.25 5.25 0.25 15.75 0.31 6.10 lbs. BP1407**

(403 x 222 x 173) (356 x 178 x 167) (324 x 146) (381 x 127) (155) (311) (133) (6) (400) (8)

JW1412HLL 15.50 x 13.48 x 6.20 13.50 x 11.52 x 5.94 12.25 x 10.25 14.62 x 10.00 5.36 12.25 10.25 0.25 15.48 0.31 9.90 lbs. BP1412**

JW1412HPL (394 x 342 x 158) (343 x 293 x 151) (311 x 260) (372 x 254) (137) (311) (260) (6) (393) (8)

JW1614HLL 17.53 x 15.46 x 6.21 15.60 x 13.56 x 5.94 14.25 x 12.25 16.75 x 12.00 5.35 14.25 12.25 0.25 17.46 0.31 12.20 lbs. BP1614**

JW1614HPL (445 x 393 x 157) (396 x 344 x 151) (362 x 311) (425 x 305) (136) (362) (311) (6) (444) (8)

JW1816HLL 19.63 x 17.61 x 8.81 17.69 x 15.69 x 8.45 16.25 x 14.25 18.88 x 12.00 7.98 16.25 14.25 0.25 19.61 0.31 20.00 lbs. BP1816**

JW1816HPL (499 x 447 x 224) (449 x 399 x 215) (413 x 362) (479 x 305) (203) (413) (362) (6) (498) (8)

JW2016HLL 22.00 x 17.68 x 8.81 19.72 x 15.72 x 8.45 18.25 x 14.25 21.25 x 10.00 7.98 18.25 14.25 0.25 21.68 0.31 22.50 lbs. BPJ2016**

JW2016HPL (559 x 449 x 224) (501 x 399 x 215) (464 x 362) (540 x 254) (203) (464) (362) (6) (551) (8)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Crowned cover – center of cover raised 3/4"

** Panel sold separately

JW Series

JW_Series_2011_3_JW_Series_2011_2 8/22/11 4:49 PM Page 81

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

RJ Series

Raised Cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimizes protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover retention chain Stainless steel beaded chain for securing cover after lift off

Raised Cover Extended depth in cover

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 82

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

RJ Series

Raised Cover “HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimizes protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Raised cover Extended depth in cover

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 83

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HLL

Raised Cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Raised cover Extended depth in cover

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

RJ Series

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 84

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HPL

Raised Cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - RJ Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Raised cover Extended depth in cover

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

RJ Series

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 85

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

RJ Series Opaque Cover Technical Drawings

RJ Series

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 86

RJ Series Opaque Cover Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNOPDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

RJ604W 7.47 x 5.47 x 6.21 5.84 x 3.85 x 5.95 6.75 x 2.00 5.51 4.25 2.25 0.25 7.45 5.31 3.34 0.31 2.60 lbs. BP64*

RJ604HW (190 x 139 x 158) (148 x 98 x 151) (171 x 51) (140) (108) (57) (6) (189) (135) (85) (8)

RJ604HLL

RJ604HPL

RJ606W 7.50 x 7.53 x 6.32 5.72 x 5.72 x 5.97 6.75 x 4.00 5.49 4.25 4.25 0.25 7.53 5.34 5.31 0.31 3.10 lbs. BP66*

RJ606HW (191 x 191 x 161) (145 x 145 x 152) (171 x 101) (139) (108) (108) (6) (191) (136) (135) (8)

RJ606HLL

RJ606HPL

RJ806W 9.63 x 7.52 x 6.20 7.73 x 5.74 x 5.95 8.88 x 4.00 5.49 6.25 4.25 0.25 9.36 7.25 5.28 0.31 3.70 lbs. BP86*

RJ806HW (245 x 191 x 158) (196 x 146 x 151) (225 x 101) (139) (159) (108) (6) (238) (185) (134) (8)

RJ806HLL

RJ806HPL

RJ808W 9.56 x 9.38 x 6.25 7.73 x 7.73 x 6.00 8.75 x 6.00 5.42 6.25 6.25 0.25 9.38 7.17 7.17 0.31 4.20 lbs. BP88*

RJ808HW (243 x 238 x 159) (196 x 196 x 152) (222 x 152) (138) (159) (159) (6) (238) (182) (182) (8)

RJ808HPL

RJ1008W 11.63 x 9.37 x 6.58 9.73 x 7.73 x 6.33 10.75 x 6.00 5.87 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.38 9.3 7.38 0.31 5.20 lbs. BP108*

RJ1008HW (295 x 238 x 167) (247 x 196 x 161) (273 x 152) (149) (209) (159) (6) (289) (236) (188) (8)

RJ1008HLL

RJ1008HPL

RJ1210W 13.56 x 11.43 x 6.58 11.79 x 9.80 x 6.32 12.75 x 8.00 5.87 10.25 8.25 0.25 13.41 11.2 9.23 0.31 6.70 lbs. BP1210*

RJ1210HW (344 x 291 x 167) (299 x 249 x 161) (324 x 203) (149) (260) (210) (6) (341) (284) (234) (8)

RJ1210HLL

RJ1210W

RJ1212W 13.56 x 13.38 x 7.72 11.70 x 11.70 x 7.47 12.75 x 10.00 6.89 10.25 10.25 0.25 13.38 11.17 11.17 0.31 8.90 lbs. BP1212*

RJ1212HW (344 x 340 x 196) (297 x 297 x 190) (324 x 254) (175) (260) (260) (6) (340) (284) (284) (8)

RJ1212HLL

RJ1212HPL

RJ1412W 15.50 x 13.38 x 7.69 13.50 x 11.52 x 7.45 14.63 x 10.00 6.86 12.25 10.25 0.25 15.42 13.2 11.16 0.31 10.20 lbs. BP1412*

RJ1412HW (394 x 340 x 195) (343 x 293 x 189) (372 x 254) (174) (311) (260) (6) (392) (335) (284) (8)

RJ1412HLL

RJ1412HPL

RJ1614W 17.53 x 15.43 x 7.68 15.60 x 13.56 x 7.45 16.75 x 12.00 6.85 14.25 12.25 0.25 17.43 15.2 13.24 0.31 12.30 lbs. BP1614*

RJ1614HW (445 x 392 x 195) (396 x 344 x 189) (425 x 305) (174) (362) (311) (6) (443) (386) (336) (8)

RJ1614HLL

RJ1614HPL

RJ1816W 19.63 x 17.48 x 10.63 17.69 x 15.69 x 10.31 18.88 x 12.00 9.86 16.25 14.25 0.25 19.49 17.25 15.25 0.31 19.50 lbs. BP1816*

RJ1816HW (499 x 444 x 270) (449 x 399 x 262) (479 x 305) (250) (413) (362) (6) (495) (438) (387) (8)

RJ1816HLL

RJ1816HPL

RJ2016W 22.00 x 17.56 x 10.63 19.72 x 15.72 x 10.33

21.25 x 10.00

9.86 18.25 14.25 0.25 21.56 19.31 15.39 0.31 21.40 lbs. BPJ2016*

RJ2016HW (559 x 446 x 270) (501 x 399 x 262) (540 x 254) (250) (464) (362) (6) (548) (490) (391) (8)

RJ2016HLL

RJ2016HPL

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

* Panel ordered separately.

RJ Series Opaque Cover Enclosures

RJ Series

RJ_Series_2011_1_RJ_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:51 PM Page 87

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HLL

RJW

Flush Bonded Window “HLL” configuration - Hinged, twist latch

Technical Specifications - RJW Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

Raised Cover Extended depth in cover

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94V-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

RJW Series

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 88

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

HPL

RJW

Flush Bonded Window “HPL” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - RJW Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Integral flange molded in place for ease of mounting

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

Raised Cover Extended depth in cover

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94V-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

RJW Series

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 89

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

RJW Series Technical Drawings

RJW Series

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 90

RJW Series Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

RJW Series Flush Bonded Window Enclosures

WINDOW AREA

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE (MAXIMUM) MOUNTING HOLE ENCLOSURE PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C R X S E X F JKLMNOPDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

RJW604HPL 7.47 x 5.47 x 6.21 5.84 x 3.85 x 5.95 4.25 x 2.25 6.75 x 2.00 5.51 4.25 2.25 0.25 7.45 5.31 3.34 0.31 2.60 lbs. BP64*

(190 x 139 x 158) (148 x 98 x 151) (108 x 57) (171 x 51) (140) (108) (57) (6) (189) (135) (85) (8)

RJW606HPL 7.50 x 7.53 x 6.32 5.72 x 5.72 x 5.97 4.25 x 4.25 6.75 x 4.00 5.49 4.25 4.25 0.25 7.53 5.34 5.31 0.31 3.10 lbs. BP66*

(191 x 191 x 161) (145 x 145 x 152) (108 x 108) (171 x 101) (139) (108) (108) (6) (191) (136) (135) (8)

RJW806HPL 9.63 x 7.52 x 6.20 7.73 x 5.74 x 5.95 6.25 x 4.25 8.88 x 4.00 5.49 6.25 4.25 0.25 9.36 7.25 5.28 0.31 3.70 lbs. BP86*

(245 x 191 x 158) (196 x 146 x 151) (159 x 108) (225 x 101) (139) (159) (108) (6) (238) (185) (134) (8)

RJW808HPL 9.56 x 9.38 x 6.25 7.73 x 7.73 x 6.00 8.75 x 6.00 8.75 x 6.00 5.42 6.25 6.25 0.25 9.38 7.17 7.17 0.31 4.20 lbs. BP88*

(243 x 238 x 159) (196 x 196 x 152) (222 x 152) (222 x 152) (138) (159) (159) (6) (238) (182) (182) (8)

RJW1008HPL 11.63 x 9.37 x 6.58 9.73 x 7.73 x 6.33 8.25 x 6.25 10.75 x 6.00 5.87 8.25 6.25 0.25 11.38 9.3 7.38 0.31 5.20 lbs. BP108*

RJW1008HLL (295 x 238 x 167) (247 x 196 x 161) (210 x 159) (273 x 152) (149) (209) (159) (6) (289) (236) (188) (8)

RJW1210HPL 13.56 x 11.43 x 6.58 11.79 x 9.80 x 6.32 10.25 x 8.25 12.75 x 8.00 5.87 10.25 8.25 0.25 13.41 11.2 9.23 0.31 6.70 lbs. BP1210*

RJW1210HLL (344 x 291 x 167) (299 x 249 x 161) (260 x 210) (324 x 203) (149) (260) (210) (6) (341) (284) (234) (8)

RJW1212HPL 13.56 x 13.38 x 7.72 11.70 x 11.70 x 7.47 12.75 x 10.00 12.75 x 10.00 6.89 10.25 10.25 0.25 13.38 11.17 11.17 0.31 8.90 lbs. BP1212*

RJW1212HLL (344 x 340 x 196) (297 x 297 x 190) (324 x 254) (324 x 254) (175) (260) (260) (6) (340) (284) (284) (8)

RJW1412HPL 15.50 x 13.38 x 7.69 13.50 x 11.52 x 7.45 12.25 x 10.25 14.63 x 10.00 6.86 12.25 10.25 0.25 15.42 13.2 11.16 0.31 10.20 lbs. BP1412*

RJW1412HLL (394 x 340 x 195) (343 x 293 x 189) (311 x 260) (372 x 254) (174) (311) (260) (6) (392) (335) (284) (8)

RJW1614HPL 17.53 x 15.43 x 7.68 15.60 x 13.56 x 7.45 14.25 x 12.25 16.75 x 12.00 6.85 14.25 12.25 0.25 17.43 15.2 13.24 0.31 12.30 lbs. BP1614*

RJW1614HLL (445 x 392 x 195) (396 x 344 x 189) (362 x 311) (425 x 305) (174) (362) (311) (6) (443) (386) (336) (8)

RJW1816HPL 19.63 x 17.48 x 10.63 17.69 x 15.69 x 10.31 16.25 x 14.25 18.88 x 12.00 9.86 16.25 14.25 0.25 19.49 17.25 15.25 0.31 19.50 lbs. BP1816*

RJW1816HLL (499 x 444 x 270) (449 x 399 x 262) (413 x 362) (479 x 305) (250) (413) (362) (6) (495) (438) (387) (8)

RJW2016HPL 22.00 x 17.56 x 10.63 19.72 x 15.72 x 10.33 18.25 x 14.25 21.25 x 10.00 9.86 18.25 14.25 0.25 21.56 19.31 15.39 0.31 21.40 lbs. BPJ2016*

(559 x 446 x 270) (501 x 399 x 262) (464 x 362) (540 x 254) (250) (464) (362) (6) (548) (490) (391) (8)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Panel ordered separately.

RJW Series

RJW_Series_2011_2_RJW_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:53 PM Page 91

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JCC Series

JCC

Clear Cover “W” configuration - 4 cover screws

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 92

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JCC Series

JCC

“HW” configuration - Hinged, 2 cover screws

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 93

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JCC Series

HLL

JCC

Clear Cover “HLL” configuration - Hinged, Twist latch

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HLL

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 94

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JCC Series

HPL

JCC

Clear Cover “HPL” configuration - Hinged, pull latch

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

HPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HPL

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 95

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

FHW

JCC

Clear Cover “FHW” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, 4 cover screws

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

FHW

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Hinge Material Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

FHW

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

FHW

JCC Series

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 96

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

FHLL

JCC

Clear Cover “FHLL” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, link lock latch

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

FHLL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Hinge Material Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

FHLL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1

NEMA 250 Type 1

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

FHLL

JCC Series

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 97

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JCC Series

FHPL

JCC

Clear Cover “FHPL” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - JCC Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

FHPL

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Mounting Feet Integrally Molded

Hinge Material Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Cover Clear polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

FHPL

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1

NEMA 250 Type 1

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Cover Temperature Range (-30°F to +248°F) (-34°C to +120°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Cover Flammability UL94V-0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

FHPL

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 98

JCC Series Technical Drawings

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

JCC Series

JCC Series Clear Cover Enclosures

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

JCC808W 9.56 x 9.47 x 5.09 7.73 x 7.73 x 4.82 8.75 x 6.00 4.24 6.25 6.25 0.25 9.47 0.31 3.80 lbs. BP88*

JCC808HW (243 x 241 x 129) (196 x 196 x 123) (222 x 152) (108) (159) (159) (6) (241) (8)

JCC808HLL

JCC808HPL

JCC808FHW

JCC808FHLL

JCC808FHPL

JCC1212W 13.56 x 13.47 x 6.56 11.70 x 11.70 x 6.29 12.75 x 10.00 5.71 10.25 10.25 0.25 13.47 0.31 6.80 lbs. BP1212*

JCC1212HW (344 x 342 x 167) (297 x 297 x 160) (324 x 254) (145) (260) (260) (6) (342) (8)

JCC1212HLL

JCC1212HPL

JCC1212FHW

JCC1212FHLL

JCC1212FHPL

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

* Panel ordered separately.

JCC_Series_2011_1_JCC_Series_2011_1 8/22/11 4:55 PM Page 99

100

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Fatboy Series

The Fatboy Series

Industry’s unique requirement for extra deep enclosure without

significantly increasing the length and width of the enclosure is met

with Stahlin’s extra deep Fatboy series.

The Fatboy series is a clam shell style enclosure, noted by near

equidistant capacity in both the cover and base. The series employs

a flange mount base for ease of installation, a stainless steel full

length hinge and stainless steel securing latch. Door clearance to the

installed equipment must be considered when specifying this

enclosure.

The demands for cover mounted components such as DIN facings or

multiple contact pushbuttons are met with ample depth from the

cover or with substantial height for panel mounted components.

SSH

SSH Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Fatboy Series Attributes

●

Available in 2 cover options:

1. Opaque Cover

2. Flush Bonded Window

●

Clam shell design, opening from the middle of the enclosure

●

All stainless latches and hardware

●

Memory retaining polyurethane gasket between cover and bases

●

Full length stainless steel hinge

●

Chemically resistant fiberglass reinforced polyester

●

Integral mounting flange

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 100

101

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Fatboy Series

SSH

Opaque Cover “SSH” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - Fatboy Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

SSH

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

SSH

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

SSH

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 101

102

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SSH SEries

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

J8068SSH 9.63 x 6.85 x 9.06 7.73 x 5.74 x 8.94 8.88 x 4.00 8.36 6.25 4.25 .25 8.87 .31 5.3 lbs. BP86*

(245 x 174 x 230) (196 x 146 x 227) (225 x 101) (212) (159) (108) (6) (225) (8)

J8088SSH 9.56 x 8.84 x 9.44 7.73 x 7.73 x 9.19 8.75 x 6.00 8.61 6.25 6.25 .25 8.84 .31 5.8 lbs. BP88*

(243 x 225 x 240) (196 x 196 x 233) (222 x 152) (219) (159) (159) (6) (224) (8)

J10088SSH 11.63 x 8.84 x 8.09 9.73 x 7.73 x 7.84 10.75 x 6.00 7.39 8.25 6.25 .25 10.86 .31 6.5 lbs. BP108*

(295 x 225 x 206) (247 x 196 x 199) (273 x 152) (188) (210) (159) (6) (276) (8)

J121010SSH 13.56 x 10.93 x 10.06 11.79 x 9.80 x 9.81 12.75 x 8.00 9.36 10.25 8.25 .25 12.95 .31 9.1 lbs. BP1210*

(344 x 278 x 256) (299 x 249 x 249) (324 x 203) (238) (260) (210) (6) (329) (8)

J121212SSH 13.56 x 12.84 x 12.38 11.70 x 11.70 x 12.13 12.75 x 10.00 11.55 10.25 10.25 .25 12.84 .31 12.1 lbs. BP1212*

(344 x 326 x 314) (297 x 297 x 308) (324 x 254) (293) (260) (260) (6) (326) (8)

J141212SSH 15.50 x 12.83 x 12.06 13.50 x 11.52 x 11.81 14.63 x 10.00 11.23 12.25 10.25 .25 14.88 .31 14.1 lbs. BP1412*

(394 x 326 x 306) (343 x 293 x 300) (372 x 254) (285) (311) (260) (6) (378) (8)

J161412SSH 17.53 x 14.94 x 12.07 15.60 x 13.56 x 11.82 16.75 x 12.00 11.24 14.25 12.25 .25 16.95 .31 17.6 lbs. BP1614*

(445 x 379 x 307) (396 x 344 x 300) (425 x 305) (285) (362) (311) (6) (431) (8)

J181617SSH 19.63 x 16.92 x 17.19 17.69 x 15.69 x 16.81 18.88 x 12.00 16.38 16.25 14.25 .25 18.92 .31 26.4 lbs. BP1816*

(499 x 430 x 437) (449 x 399 x 427) (479 x 305) (416) (413) (362) (6) (481) (8)

J201617SSH 22.00 x 17.00 x 17.21 19.72 x 15.72 x 16.84 21.25 x 10.00 16.38 18.25 14.25 .25 21.00 .31 28.5 lbs. BPJ2016*

(559 x 432 x 437) (501 x 399 x 428) (540 x 254) (416) (464) (362) (6) (533) (8)

Caution: Metic units are for reference; do not convert.

* Panel sold separately

Extra Deep Enclosures with Opaque Covers - Fatboy Configuration Dimensions

The Fatboy Series Technical Information

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 102

103

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SSH Series

SSH

Flush Bonded Window “SSH” configuration - Hinged, padlock latch

Technical Specifications - Fatboy Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

SSH

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset).

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Pan head screws Minimized protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

SSH

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

SSH

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 103

104

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

The Fatboy Series Technical Information

SSH Series

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 104

The Fatboy Series

105

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SSH Series

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING WINDOW AREA HOLE

SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMN P X Q DIA.

WEIGHT

NUMBER

JW8088SSH 9.56 x 8.84 x 9.44 7.73 x 7.73 x 9.19 8.75 x 6.00 8.61 6.25 6.25 .25 8.84 4.25 x 4.25 .31 5.8 lbs. BP88*

(243 x 225 x 240) (196 x 196 x 233) (222 x 152) (219) (159) (159) (6) (224) (108 x 108) (8)

JW10088SSH 11.63 x 8.84 x 8.09 9.73 x 7.73 x 7.84 10.75 x 6.00 7.39 8.25 6.25 .25 10.86 6.25 x 4.25 .31 6.5 lbs. BP108*

(295 x 225 x 206) (247 x 196 x 199) (273 x 152) (188) (210) (159) (6) (276) (159 x 108) (8)

JW121010SSH 13.56 x 10.93 x 10.06 11.79 x 9.80 x 9.81 12.75 x 8.00 9.36 10.25 8.25 .25 12.95 8.25 x 6.25 .31 9.1 lbs. BP1210*

(344 x 278 x 256) (299 x 249 x 249) (324 x 203) (238) (260) (210) (6) (329) (209 x159) (8)

JW121212SSH 13.56 x 12.84 x 12.38 11.70 x 11.70 x 12.13 12.75 x 10.00 11.55 10.25 10.25 .25 12.84 8.25 x 8.25 .31 12.1 lbs. BP1212*

(344 x 326 x 314) (297 x 297 x 308) (324 x 254) (293) (260) (260) (6) (326) (209 x 209) (8)

JW141212SSH 15.50 x 12.83 x 12.06 13.50 x 11.52 x 11.81 14.63 x 10.00 11.23 12.25 10.25 .25 14.88 10.25 x 8.25 .31 14.1 lbs. BP1412*

(394 x 326 x 306) (343 x 293 x 300) (372 x 254) (285) (311) (260) (6) (378) (260 x 209) (8)

JW161412SSH 17.53 x 14.94 x 12.07 15.60 x 13.56 x 11.82 16.75 x 12.00 11.24 14.25 12.25 .25 16.95 12.25 x 10.25 .31 17.6 lbs. BP1614*

(445 x 379 x 307) (396 x 344 x 300) (425 x 305) (285) (362) (311) (6) (431) (311 x 260) (8)

JW181617SSH 19.63 x 16.92 x 17.19 17.69 x 15.69 x 16.81 18.88 x 12.00 16.38 16.25 14.25 .25 18.92 14.25 x 12.25 .31 26.4 lbs. BP1816*

(499 x 430 x 437) (449 x 399 x 427) (479 x 305) (416) (413) (362) (6) (481) (362 x 311) (8)

JW201617SSH 22.00 x 17.00 x 17.21 19.72 x 15.72 x 16.84 21.25 x 10.00 16.38 18.25 14.25 .25 21.00 16.25 x 12.25 .31 28.5 lbs. BPJ2016*

(559 x 432 x 437) (501 x 399 x 428) (540 x 254) (416) (464) (362) (6) (533) (413 x 311) (8)

Caution: Metic units are for reference; do not convert.

* Panel sold separately

Extra Deep Enclosures with Windows - Fatboy Configuration Dimensions

Fatboy_2011_2_Fatboy_2011_2 8/22/11 7:38 PM Page 105

106

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

TeleControl

Technical Specifications - The TeleControl Series

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Painted Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all external hardware

Molded in Mounting Flange Molded in flange for ease of mounting.

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts Back panel utilizes threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Bonded window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R, 4X, 6P, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Window Temperature Range (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94V-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

NOTES:

TeleControl_2011_2_TeleControl_2011_2 8/22/11 7:40 PM Page 106

The TeleControl Series Technical Drawings

107

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

TeleControl

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING HOLE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNDIA. WEIGHT NUMBER

J1407TC 15.87 x 8.75 x 6.81 14.00 x 7.00 x 6.56 15 x 5 6.11 12.25 5.25 0.25 15.75 0.31 6.1 lbs. BP1407*

(403 x 222 x 173) (356 x 178 x 167) (381 x 127) (155) (311) (133) (6) (400) (8)

TeleControl Enclosures Dimensions

Standard package does not include actual phone and installation of phone.

Other non-metallic enclosures available with phone window.

* Panel ordered separately.

TeleControl_2011_2_TeleControl_2011_2 8/22/11 7:40 PM Page 107

PolyStar™

The PolyStar Series PC

PolyStar™ Enclosures are intended to be utilized for outdoor and indoor applications. The

polycarbonate resin in the PolyStar™ Series received the best rating, an “F1” per UL 746C. This means

that the resin has passed tests for UV exposure and water immersion. The PolyStar™ Series enclosures

are rated 3R, 4, 4X, 12 per UL 50 and IP66 per IEC 60529. The material rating and the product rating can

assure the user that the PolyStar™ Series enclosures are suitable for outdoor use and exposure.

PolyStar™ enclosures are manufactured with polycarbonate designed to perform in cold weather

applications. In general, the product performance will not be adversely affected until temperatures below

-40°F are realized. In our literature, we document a normal operating temperature of -20°F to +240°F

(-20°C to +115°C). We do this to provide a safe operating range, as product application and enclosure

placement are not always exactly known.

PolyStar Series Attributes

●

Latches and hinges do not penetrate enclosure

●

Easy to remove lid

●

High performance inserts

●

Integrated lock hasp

●

Flush-fit side mount swing panel and DIN rail system

●

Molded in bosses

●

Multi-directional mounting feet

●

Available in standard flat covers or domed covers as applicable

on certain sizes

PolyStar Series Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E342926

Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-20°F to +240°F) (-20°C to +115°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5VA/V0

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 108

PolyStar™

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 109

PolyStar™

110

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Opaque Cover configuration - Hinged, 2 latches

Technical Specifications - PolyStar

™

Series

NOTES: Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Swing Panel Kits (comes with mounts, screws, and panel)

Swing Panel Kit PC_SPK pg. 113

Accessories

Slot Nut Kit

(includes two nuts & two screws) PCSNK pg. 113

Swing Panel Mounts (4 per kit) PCSPMK pg. 113

Latch Kit (2 latches per kit) -

replacement only PCLATCHKIT pg. 113

Accessory Kit

(includes all screws, inserts,

and mounting feet) -

replacement only PCACCESSORYKIT pg. 113

Construction

Material Polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

Gasket Neoprene rope style

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Side Mount Solutions Variable height, any side mount capability

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E342926 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-20°F to +240°F) (-20°C to +115°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5VA/V0

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 110

PolyStar™

111

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Clear Cover configuration - Hinged, 2 latches

Technical Specifications - PolyStar

™

Series

NOTES: Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149 - 150

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149 - 150

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149 - 150

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Swing Panel Kits (comes with mounts, screws, and panel)

Swing Panel Kit PC_SPK pg. 113

Accessories

Slot Nut Kit

(includes two nuts & two screws) PCSNK pg. 113

Swing Panel Mounts (4 per kit) PCSPMK pg. 113

Latch Kit (2 latches per kit) -

replacement only PCLATCHKIT pg. 113

Accessory Kit

(includes all screws, inserts,

and mounting feet) -

replacement only PCACCESSORYKIT pg. 113

Construction

Material Polycarbonate with UV inhibitors

Gasket Neoprene rope style

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Side Mount Solutions Variable height, any side mount capability

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E342926 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 3R, 4, 4X, 12

IEC 60529 IP66

Temperature Range (-20°F to +240°F) (-20°C to +115°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5VA/V0

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 111

PolyStar™

112

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING

SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C HOR. E X F VER. E X F 45 E X F JK LMN

WEIGHT

NUMBER

PC606 7.41 x 8.68 x 5.84 5.94 x 5.94 x 5.02 3.64 x 8.40 8.04 x 3.64 6.75 x 6.74 4.50 4.25 4.25 8.89 8.89 2.50 lbs. BP66*

PC606CC (188 x 223 x 148) (151 x 151 x 127) (93 x 213) (204 x 93) (171 x 171) (114) (108) (108) (226) (226)

PC806** 9.41 x 8.68 x 5.86 7.97 x 5.97 x 5.07 5.64 x 8.04 10.04 x 3.64 8.76 x 6.75 4.56 6.25 4.25 10.89 8.89 3.19 lbs. BP86*

PC806CC** (239 x 223 x 149) (202 x 152 x 129) (143 x 213) (255 x 93) (223 x 171) (116) (159) (108) (277) (226)

PC1008** 11.41 x 10.68 x 6.36 9.96 x 7.96 x 5.57 7.64 x 10.04 12.04 x 5.64 10.76 x 8.75 5.05 8.25 6.25 12.89 10.89 4.31 lbs. BP108*

PC1008CC** (290 x 271 x 161) (253 x 202 x 142) (194 x 255) (306 x 143) (273 x 222) (128) (210) (159) (327) (277)

PC1210** 13.40 x 12.68 x 7.86 11.95 x 9.95 x 7.07 9.64 x 12.04 14.04 x 7.64 12.76 x 10.75 6.56 10.25 8.25 14.89 12.89 6.19 lbs. BP1210*

PC1210CC** (340 x 322 x 200) (304 x 253 x 180) (245 x 306) (357 x 194) (324 x 273) (167) (260) (210) (378) (327)

PC1412** 15.40 x 14.68 x 7.86 13.95 x 11.95 x 7.07 11.64 x 14.04 16.04 x 9.64 14.76 x 12.75 6.56 12.25 10.25 16.89 14.89 7.99 lbs. BP1412*

PC1412CC** (391 x 373 x 200) (354 x 304 x 180) (296 x 357) (407 x 245) (375 x 324) (167) (311) (260) (429) (378)

PC1614** 17.65 x 16.68 x 9.98 15.93 x 13.93 x 9.20 13.64 x 16.04 18.04 x 11.64 16.76 x 14.75 8.68 14.25 12.25 18.89 16.89 10.00 lbs. BP1614*

PC1614CC** (448 x 424 x 253) (405 x 354 x 234) (347 x 407) (458 x 296) (426 x 375) (220) (362) (311) (480) (429)

PC1816 19.41 x 18.68 x 11.90 17.83 x 15.83 x 11.08 15.64 x 18.04 20.04 x 13.64 18.75 x 16.74 10.56 16.25 14.25 20.89 18.89 11.25 lbs. BP1816*

PC1816CC (493 x 474 x 302) (453 x 402 x 281) (397 x 458) (509 x 347) (476 x 425) (268) (413) (362) (531) (480)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

* Panel sold separately

** Domed covers available upon request, consult factory for details

PolyStar Series Enclosures - Opaque Cover and Clear Cover Configuration Dimensions

PolyStar™ Series Opaque Cover and Clear Cover Configuration Technical Drawings

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 112

PolyStar™

PolyStar™ Series Swing Panel Kits and Accessories

113

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

CATALOG NUMBER SIZE DESCRIPTION

PC606SPK 6 x 6 PolySTAR Series 6x6 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PC806SPK 8 x 6 PolySTAR Series 8x6 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PC1008SPK 10 x 8 PolySTAR Series 10x8 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PC1210SPK 12 x 10 PolySTAR Series 12x10 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PC1412SPK 14 x 12 PolySTAR Series 14x12 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PC1614SPK 16 x 14 PolySTAR Series 16x14 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

PC1816SPK 18 x 16 PolySTAR Series 18x16 Swing Panel Kit

(includes mounts, screws and panel)

Swing Panel Kits

CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION

PCSNK Slot Nut Kit (includes two nuts & two screws)

PCSPMK Swing Panel Mounts (4 per kit)

PCLATCHKIT Latch Kit (2 latches per kit) - replacement only

PCACCESSORYKIT Accessory Kit (includes all screws, inserts and mounting feet) -

replacement only

Accessories

PCACCESSORYKITPCLATCHKITPCSPMK

PCSNK

PolyStar_2011_3_PolyStar_2011_1 8/22/11 7:41 PM Page 113

The DuraBoxx®Series D

The Stahlin DuraBoxx®Series was developed with a sleek design and shallow depths. These

enclosures are suited for rugged, durable performance in both commercial and industrial indoor and

outdoor environments such as mining, oil, gas, wastewater treatment, and petro-chem. Also, because of

their pleasing aesthetics and flush cover design, they are well suited for high-end electronic applications

such as wireless communications and operator interfaces.

DuraBoxx®Series Attributes

●

14 sizes available

●

Size range from 3" x 3" to 24" x 16"

●

Flat cover with captive cover screws

●

DIN rail mounting capabilities

●

No sidewall obstructions, flush cover

●

Clear cover options available on select sizes

●

Back panels available for all sizes

DuraBoxx®Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50/508 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

IEC 529 IP66, IP67, IP68

Temperature Range (-26°F to +257°F) (-32°C to +125°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

DuraBoxx®

10_DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 9/19/11 9:05 PM Page 114

DuraBoxx®

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 115

116

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DuraBoxx®

“W” configuration - Flush fitting cover fastened by captive lid screws.

Technical Specifications - D Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 153

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50/508 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

IEC 529 IP66, IP67, IP68

Temperature Range (-26°F to +257°F) (-32°C to +125°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 116

117

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

DuraBoxx®

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLMNPWEIGHT NO.

D333W 2.95 x 3.15 x 2.78 2.56 x 2.76 x 2.56 1.57 x 2.48 2.26 N/A 2.28 1.06 1.93 N/A 0.81 LB D333BP*

(75 x 80 x 76) (65 x 70 x 65) (40 x 63) (57) (58) (27) (49)

D342W 2.95 x 4.33 x 2.22 2.56 x 3.93 x 1.81 1.77 x 3.86 1.53 N/A 3.50 1.29 3.37 N/A .88 LB D342BP*

(75 x 110 x 56) (65 x 100 x 46) (45 x 98) (39) (89) (33) (86)

D554W 4.72 x 4.80 x 3.58 4.33 x 4.41 x 3.15 3.23 x 4.17 2.93 2.05 3.74 2.56 3.50 1.02 1.7 LB D554BP*

DCC554W (120 x 122 x 91) (110 x 112 x 80) (82 x 106) (74) (52) (95) (65) (89) (26)

D593W 4.72 x 8.66 x 3.19 4.34 x 8.28 x 2.83 3.23 x 8.03 2.62 2.05 7.60 2.57 7.37 1.02 2.4 LB D000BP*

DCC593W (120 x 220 x 81) (110 x 210 x 72) (82 x 204) (67) (52) (193) (65) (187) (26)

D594W 4.72 x 8.66 x 3.58 4.33 x 8.27 x 3.15 3.23 x 8.03 2.93 2.05 7.60 2.57 7.37 1.02 2.5 LB D594BP*

DCC594W (120 x 220 x 91) (110 x 210 x 80) (82 x 204) (74) (52) (193) (65) (187) (26)

D774W 6.30 x 6.30 x 3.58 5.79 x 5.79 x 3.11 4.33 x 5.51 2.93 2.99 5.20 3.50 4.68 1.50 2.8 LB D774BP*

(160 x 160 x 91) (147 x 147 x 79) (110 x 140) (74) (76) (132) (89) (119) (38)

D7114W 6.30 x 10.24 x 3.58 5.79 x 9.72 x 3.11 4.33 x 9.45 2.93 2.99 9.13 3.50 8.62 1.50 3.8 LB D7114BP*

(160 x 260 x 91) (147 x 247 x 79) (110 x 240) (74) (76) (232) (89) (219) (38)

D10105W 9.84 x 10.04 x 4.76 9.31 x 9.51 x 4.29 7.87 x 9.25 4.11 3.94 8.94 7.03 8.41 1.97 6.4 LB D10105BP*

(250 x 255 x 121) (236 x 242 x 109) (200 x 235) (104) (100) (227) (179) (214) (50)

D10165W 9.84 x 15.75 x 4.76 9.31 x 15.22 x 4.29 7.87 x 14.96 4.09 3.94 14.65 7.03 14.12 1.97 8.8 LB D10165BP*

(250 x 400 x 121) (236 x 387 x 109) (200 x 380) (104) (100) (327) (179) (359) (50)

D14144W 14.17 x 14.17 x 3.58 13.66 x 13.66 x 3.11 12.20 x 13.39 2.91 5.35 13.07 11.38 12.56 2.68 8.0 LB D14144BP*

(360 x 360 x 91) (347 x 347 x 79) (310 x 340) (74) (136) (332) (289) (319) (68)

D16165W 15.94 x 15.75 x 4.76 15.42 x 15.22 x 4.29 13.98 x 14.96 4.09 9.84 14.65 13.14 14.12 4.92 11.0 LB D16165BP*

(405 x 400 x 121) (392 x 387 x 109) (355 x 380) (104) (250) (372) (334) (359) (125)

Duraboxx®Clear Cover Sizes: DCC Part Number

* Panel ordered separately

DuraBoxx®D Series Enclosures

D Series “W” Configuration Technical Drawings

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 117

118

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

“W” configuration - Flush fitting cover fastened by captive lid screws.

Technical Specifications - DL Series

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Accessories

Modifications

Back Panels

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 153

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester (thermoset)

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Recessed Screws No protruding surfaces

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50/508 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3S, 4X, 6, 6P, 12

IEC 529 IP66, IP67, IP68

Temperature Range (-26°F to +257°F) (-32°C to +125°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, Non-flame propagating

DuraBoxx®

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 118

119

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKLWEIGHT NO.

DL18127W 16.54 x 10.63 x 7.22 15.02 x 9.12 x 6.85 12.68 x 7.17 6.26 13.46 7.95 5.5 LBS DL18127BP*

(420 x 270 x 183) (382 x 232 x 174) (322 x 182) (159) (342) (202)

DL18168W 16.54 x 14.57 x 8.44 15.56 x 13.59 x 7.99 13.54 x 11.57 7.44 14.25 12.24 9.9 LBS DL18168BP*

(420 x 370 x 214) (395 x 345 x 207) (344 x 294) (189) (362) (311)

DL24168W 23.63 x 16.54 x 8.44 22.67 x 15.55 x 7.99 20.63 x 13.54 7.44 21.34 14.21 15.4 LBS DL24168BP*

(600 x 420 x 214) (576 x 395 x 207) (524 x 344) (189) (542) (361)

DuraBoxx®DL Series Enclosures

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert

* Panel ordered separately

DL Series “W” Configuration Technical Drawings

DuraBoxx®

DuraBoxx_2011_2_DuraBoxx_2011_2 8/22/11 7:46 PM Page 119

New Sentry®

Series

NewSentry ®PVC Enclosures PVC

The NewSentry®Series is a range of corrosion resistant, watertight PVC enclosures featuring ten

sizes of simple screw down covers. The enclosures are a perfect complement to fiberglass products

when used as junction boxes and small auxiliary enclosures.

Each enclosure is assembled with a PVC gasket that ensures compatibility with the enclosure’s

substrate and, through cellular resiliency in stretching and compressing, enables longevity in the

interaction between cover and gasket spanning a wide potential temperature range.

Mounting feet are integral on smaller sizes and included as add-ons with all larger enclosures.

Captive brass cover screws meet threaded brass inserts to secure covers and provide assurance

against wear and tear from repeated use.

NewSentry®series enclosures are designed for general electrical and electronic applications and

any application that has associated environmental concerns.

NewSentry

Series Attributes

●

Memory retaining continuous PVC gasket

●

Threaded inserts and captive brass cover screws

●

Corrosion resistant PVC material

●

Integral mounting feet available on some models

●

Available in ten classic sizes

New Sentry®Industry Standards

UL/cUL 514B Fittings, File E190961

514C Boxes Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 No. 85 File 207025

Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Temperature Range (-4°F to +140°F) (-20°C to +60°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-V0

Self extinguishing Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 120

New Sentry®

Series

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 121

122

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

New Sentry®

Series

PVC

“PVC” configuration - 4 cover screws, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - NewSentry

Series

NOTES:

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

PVC

Construction

Material Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

Gasket PVC seamless gasket provides watertight, dust-tight

environmental seal

Brass Screws Screw down to brass inserts

Mounting Feet Built in on designated models. Add on feet available for other models

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

PVC

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 514B Fittings File E190961

514C Boxes Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

NEMA 250 Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

CSA Std C22.2 No. 85 File 207025 Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Temperature Range (-4°F to +140°F) (-20°C to +60°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-V0

Self Extinguishing Non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

PVC

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 122

NewSentry®Series Technical Drawings

123

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

NewSentry®

Series

PVC NewSentry®Series Enclosures

• F = Threaded brass insert size.

* Denotes molded in mounting feet.

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE SHIPPING

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C KL FWEIGHT

J442PVC* 4.03 x 4.03 x 2.42 3.66 x 3.66 x 2.00 4.63 N/A 8-32 0.60 lbs.

(102 x 102 x 61) (93 x 93 x 51) (118)

J444PVC 4.04 x 4.04 x 4.50 3.60 x 3.60 x 4.02 5.64 N/A 8-32 1.11 lbs.

(103 x 103 x 114) (91 x 91 x 102) (143)

J446PVC 4.02 x 4.02 x 6.58 3.59 x 3.59 x 6.02 5.49 N/A 8-32 1.40 lbs.

(102 x 102 x 167) (91 x 91 x 153) (139)

J552PVC* 5.00 x 5.00 x 2.33 4.61 x 4.61 x 1.85 5.66 N/A 8-32 0.90 lbs.

(127 x 127 x 59) (117 x 117 x 47) (144)

J664PVC 6.85 x 6.85 x 4.57 5.96 x 5.96 x 4.03 7.94 7.94 10.-32 2.12 lbs.

(174 x 174 x 116) (151 x 151 x 102) (202) (202)

J666PVC 6.85 x 6.85 x 6.58 5.92 x 5.92 x 6.04 7.96 7.96 10-32 2.72 lbs.

(174 x 174 x 167) (150 x 150 x 153) (202) (202)

J884PVC 8.96 x 8.96 x 4.62 8.05 x 8.05 x 4.06 10.49 10.49 1/4-20 3.77 lbs.

(228 x 228 x 117) (204 x 204 x 103) (266) (266)

J887PVC 9.15 x 9.15 x 7.65 8.02 x 8.02 x 7.06 10.49 10.49 1/4-20 5.10 lbs.

(232 x 232 x 195) (204 x 204 x 179) (266) (266)

J12124PVC 12.94 x 12.94 x 4.70 11.92 x 11.92 x 4.00 14.46 14.46 1/4-20 8.50 lbs.

(329 x 329 x 119) (303 x 303 x 102) (367) (367)

J12126PVC 12.94 x 12.94 x 6.64 11.91 x 11.91 x 6.00 14.46 14.46 1/4-20 9.25 lbs.

(329 x 329 x 169) (303 x 303 x 152) (367) (367)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

NewSentry_2011_1_NewSentry_2011_1 8/22/11 7:48 PM Page 123

N Series

Control Enclosures N

Stahlin’s Control Enclosures are designed to accommodate electrical, electronic, instrumentation and

mechanical controls indoors and outdoors where corrosion resistant watertight enclosures are needed to

provide protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing and hose directed water. The “N”

designation reflects a NEMA range series of large capacity enclosures.

With the ample working space involved, this wall mount configuration, or alternate free standing

control tower enclosure style will also accommodate combination hydraulic or pneumatic controls along

with the supporting electrical control. Fiberglass reinforced polyester supports a very high temperature

range when used in oil field, mining, oil platform and general processing controls. Yet, the pleasing

cosmetic construction is ideally suited for ordinary indoor or outdoor industrial control mounting.

Control Enclosures Attributes

●

Available in 2 cover options:

1. Opaque cover

2. Flush bonded window

●

Fiberglass reinforced polyester material

●

Memory retaining polyurethane gasket

●

300 series stainless steel hardware

●

Integral mounting feet

●

Molded in panel mounting inserts or studs

●

High temperature, flame-retardant, non corrosive, environmental designs

●

Wall mount or free standing configurations

Control Enclosures Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50

File E64358

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

UL1741 File E333478

WT, HWT, FHLWT

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window flammability UL94-HB

Self extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 124

N Series

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 125

126

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

HWT

“HWT” configuration - Stainless steel hinged, latched down cover

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 4X

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

HWT

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

HWT

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type

1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type

1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type

1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

HWT

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HWT

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 126

127

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

FHLWT

“FHLWT” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, latched down cover

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

FHLWT

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

FHLWT

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

FHLWT

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Non-Metallic Hardware Glass filled PBT hinge, nylon quarter turn latches

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal Inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Hinge Material Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

FHLWT

12_N_Series_2011_4_N_Series_2011 9/23/11 9:05 AM Page 127

128

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

“WT” configuration - Latched down cover, lift off cover

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 4X

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type

1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type

1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type

1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 128

129

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

“RT” configuration - Hinged, latch down cover

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 3R

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Rain Shield Protection against incidental water ingress

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 129

130

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

FHLRT

“FHLRT” configuration - Fiberglass hinged, through the door latches

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 3R

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

FHLRT

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Rain Shield Protection against incidental water ingress

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Non-Metallic Hardware Glass filled PBT hinge, nylon quarter turn latch

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Hinge Material Glass filled Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)

FHLRT

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3R

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3R

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3R

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

FHLRT

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

FHLRT

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 130

131

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

Type 12

“Type 12” configuration - Stainless steel hinged, latch down cover

Technical Specifications - Control Enclosures Type 12

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type

1, 12

NEMA 250 Type

1, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type

1, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 131

132

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

Control Enclosures Configuration Technical Charts & Drawings

EH M

ENCLOSURE

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING OPENING NO. OF SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKL M X N LATCHES WEIGHT NUMBER

N16107HWT 18.75 x 10.96 x 9.03 15.92 x 10.27 x 8.53 17.50 x 7.00 7.8 12 7.5 13.14 x 6.00 2 10.7 lbs. BP1610**

N16107FHLWT (476 x 278 x 229) (404 x 261 x 217) (444 x 178) (198) (305) (191) (334 x 152)

N20166HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 7.77 19.70 x 16.04 x 7.24 21.50 x 10.12 6.26 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 2 17.6 lbs. BP2016**

N20166FHLWT (578 x 429 x 197) (500 x 407 x 184) (546 x 257) (159) (387) (286) (425 x 310)

N20168HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 10.27 19.70 x 16.04 x 9.24 21.50 x 10.12 8.26 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 2 19.7 lbs. BP2016**

N20168FHLWT (578 x 429 x 261) (500 x 407 x 235) (546 x 257) (210) (387) (286) (425 x 310)

N20168RT

N20168FHLRT

N201610HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 12.27 19.70 x 16.04 x 11.24 21.50 x 10.12 10.26 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 2 23 lbs. BP2016**

N201610RT (578 x 429 x 312) (500 x 407 x 286) (546 x 257) (261) (387) (286) (425 x 310)

N201612HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 14.27 19.70 x 16.04 x 13.24 21.50 x 10.12 12.26 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 2 23.5 lbs. BP2016**

N201612RT (578 x 429 x 362) (500 x 407 x 336) (546 x 257) (312) (387) (286) (425 x 310)

N201616HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 17.52 19.70 x 16.04 x 16.99 21.50 x 10.12 16.01 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 2 25 lbs. BP2016**

(578 x 429 x 445) (500 x 407 x 432) (546 x 257) (407) (387) (286) (425 x 310)

N20208 HWT* 23.50 x 20.50 x 9.69 20.25 x 20.25 x 8.88 22.25 x 14.50 7.88 15.25 15.25 17.00 x 16.00 2 26 lbs. BP2020**

N20208* (597 x 521 x 246) (514 x 514 x 225) (565 x 368) (200) (387) (387) (432 x 406)

N24126HWT 26.95 x 13.72 x 7.98 24.00 x 12.87 x 7.33 25.75 x 6.25 6.33 19.25 7.25 21.00 x 8.37 2 26 lbs. BP2412**

(685 x 348 x 203) (610 x 327 x 186) (654 x 159) (161) (489) (184) (533 x 213)

N24126WT 26.95 x 13.72 x 7.98 24.00 x 12.87 x 7.33 25.75 x 6.25 6.33 19.25 7.25 21.00 x 8.37 4 26 lbs. BP2412**

(685 x 348 x 203) (610 x 327 x 186) (654 x 159) (161) (489) (184) (533 x 213)

N241210HWT 26.95 x 13.72 x 12.49 24.00 x 12.87 x 11.33 25.75 x 6.25 10.33 19.25 7.25 21.00 x 8.37 2 25 lbs. BP2412**

N241210FHLWT (685 x 348 x 317) (610 x 327 x 288) (654 x 159) (262) (489) (184) (533 x 213)

N241210RT

N24208HWT 27.00 x 21.24 x 9.90 24.05 x 20.39 x 9.25 25.75 x 14.00 8.25 19.25 15.25 21.25 x 16.00 2 32 lbs. BP2420**

N24208FHLWT (686 x 539 x 252) (611 x 518 x 235) (654 x 356) (209) (489) (387) (540 x 406) 2

N24208WT 6

N24208RT 4

N24208FHLRT 4

N24208 2

N242010HWT* 27.00 x 21.24 x 11.90 24.05 x 20.39 x 11.25 25.75 x 14.00 8.25 19.25 15.25 21.25 x 16.00 2 37 lbs. BP2420**

N242010*(686 x 539 x 302) (611 x 518 x 286) (654 x 356) (209) (489) (387) (540 x 406) 4

N242010* 2

N242410HWT 27.00 x 25.24 x 11.90 24.05 x 24.39 x 11.25 25.75 x 17.87 10.25 19.25 19.25 21.25 x 20.00 2 38.5 lbs. BP2424**

N242410FHLWT (686 x 641 x 302) (611 x 619 x 286) (654 x 454) (260) (489) (489) (540 x 508) 2

N242410WT 6

N242410RT 4

N242410FHLRT 4

N242410 2

N242412HWT* 27.00 x 25.24 x 13.90 24.05 x 24.39 x 13.25 25.75 x 17.87 12.25 19.25 19.25 21.25 x 20.00 2 42.1 lbs. BP2424**

N242412WT* (686 x 641 x 353) (611 x 619 x 336) (654 x 454) (311) (489) (489) (540 x 508) 2

N242412RT 6

N242412FHLRT* 4

N242412 2

N30206HWT 32.86 x 20.99 x 7.89 29.90 x 20.14 x 7.23 30.75 x 14.25 6.23 25.25 15.25 27.00 x 16.50 2 34 lbs. BP3020**

N30206FHLWT (835 x 533 x 200) (760 x 511 x 184) (806 x 362) (158) (641) (387) (686 x 419) 2

N30206RT 5

N30206FHLRT 5

N30206 2

N30208HWT 32.86 x 20.99 x 9.89 29.90 x 20.14 x 9.23 31.75 x 14.25 8.23 25.25 15.25 27.00 x 16.50 2 37 lbs. BP3020**

N30208FHLWT (835 x 533 x 251) (760 x 511 x 234) (806 x 362) (209) (641) (387) (686 x 419) 2

N30208WT 8

N30208RT 5

N30208FHLRT 5

N30208 2

Wall Mount Enclosures Dimensions

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 132

Control Enclosures Configuration Technical Charts & Drawings

133

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

ENCLOSURE

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING OPENING NO. OF SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKL M X N LATCHES WEIGHT NUMBER

N302010HWT 32.86 x 20.99 x 11.89 29.90 x 20.14 x 11.23 31.75 x 14.25 10.23 25.25 15.25 27.00 x 16.50 2 39 lbs. BP3020**

N302010RT (835 x 533 x 302) (760 x 511 x 285) (806 x 362) (260) (641) (387) (686 x 419) 2

N302010FHLRT 5

N302010 2

N302012HWT 32.86 x 20.99 x 13.89 29.90 x 20.14 x 13.23 31.75 x 14.25 12.23 25.25 15.25 27.00 x 16.50 8 42.2 lbs. BP3020**

N302012WT (835 x 533 x 353) (760 x 511 x 336) (806 x 362) (311) (641) (387) (686 x 419) 5

N302012 2

N302014HWT 32.86 x 20.99 x 15.89 29.90 x 20.14 x 15.23 31.75 x 14.25 14.23 25.25 15.25 27.00 x 16.50 5 44 lbs. BP3020**

N302014FHLWT (835 x 533 x 404) (760 x 511 x 387) (806 x 362) (361) (641) (387) (686 x 419) 5

N302014 2

N30247HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 8.81 30.46 x 25.47 x 8.12 32.25 x 18.50 7.12 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 2 46.3 lbs. BP3024**

N30247FHLWT (849 x 668 x 224) (774 x 647 x 206) (819 x 470) (181) (641) (489) (695 x 540) 8

N30247WT 5

N30247RT 5

N30247 2

N302410HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 11.95 30.46 x 25.47 x 11.27 32.25 x 18.50 10.27 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 2 52.2 lbs. BP3024**

N302410FHLWT (849 x 668 x 304) (774 x 647 x 286) (819 x 470) (261) (641) (489) (695 x 540) 2

N302410RT 5

N302410FHLRT 5

N302410 2

N302412HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 13.79 30.46 x 25.47 x 13.10 32.25 x 18.50 12.1 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 2 52 lbs. BP3024**

N302412FHLWT (849 x 668 x 350) (774 x 647 x 333) (819 x 470) (307) (641) (489) (695 x 540) 2

N302412RT 5

N302412FHLRT 5

N302412 2

N302414HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 15.79 30.46 x 25.47 x 15.10 32.25 x 18.50 14.1 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 2 56 lbs. BP3024**

N302414FHLWT (849 x 668 x 401) (774 x 647 x 384) (819 x 470) (358) (641) (489) (695 x 540) 8

N302414WT 5

N302414RT 5

N302414 2

N302416HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 17.79 30.46 x 25.47 x 17.10 32.25 x 18.50 16.1 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 2 56 lbs. BP3024**

N302416FHLWT (849 x 668 x 452) (774 x 647 x 434) (819 x 470) (409) (641) (489) (695 x 540) 5

N302416RT 5

N302416 2

N302422HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 22.79 30.46 x 25.47 x 21.10 32.25 x 18.50 21.1 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 5 67 lbs. BP3024**

(849 x 668 x 579) (774 x 647 x 536) (819 x 470) (536) (641) (489) (695 x 540)

N36308HWT 39.31 x 32.50 x 10.05 36.31 x 31.69 x 9.36 38.13 x 23.88 8.36 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 3 64.9 lbs. BP3630**

N36308FHLWT (999 x 826 x 255) (922 x 805 x 238) (968 x 606) (212) (794) (641) (845 x 692) 5

N36308RT 5

N36308 3

N363010HWT 39.31 x 32.50 x 12.05 36.31 x 31.69 x 11.36 38.13 x 23.88 10.36 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 3 69 lbs. BP3630**

N363010FHLWT (999 x 826 x 306) (922 x 805 x 289) (968 x 606) (263) (794) (641) (845 x 692) 5

N363010RT 5

N363010

N363012HWT 39.31 x 32.50 x 14.05 36.31 x 31.69 x 13.36 38.13 x 23.88 12.36 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 3 71.6 lbs. BP3630**

N363012FHLWT (999 x 826 x 357) (922 x 805 x 339) (968 x 606) (314) (794) (641) (845 x 692) 8

N363012WT 5

N363012RT 5

N363012 3

N363016HWT 39.31 x 32.50 x 18.58 36.31 x 31.69 x 17.39 38.13 x 23.88 16.39 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 3 75.4 lbs. BP3630**

N363016FHLWT (999 x 826 x 472) (922 x 805 x 442) (968 x 606) (416) (794) (641) (845 x 692) 5

N363016RT 5

N363016 3

N363020HWT* 39.31 x 32.50 x 22.08 36.31 x 31.69 x 21.39 38.13 x 23.88 20.39 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 5 78.5 lbs. BP3630**

(999 x 826 x 561) (922 x 805 x 543) (968 x 606) (518) (794) (641) (845 x 692)

N363021HWT* 39.31 x 32.50 x 23.08 36.31 x 31.69 x 22.39 38.13 x 23.88 21.39 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 5 91 lbs. BP3630**

(999 x 826 x 586) (922 x 805 x 569) (968 x 606) (543) (794) (641) (845 x 692)

N363023HWT 39.31 x 32.25 x 25.08 36.31 x 31.69 x 24.40 38.13 x 23.88 23.4 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 5 82 lbs. BP3630**

(999 x 819 x 637) (922 x 805 x 620) (968 x 606) (594) (794) (641) (845 x 692)

N363613HWT* 39.50 x 36.50 x 15.06 36.25 x 36.25 x 14.50 38.25 x 28.50 13.50 29 31 32.00 x 32.00 3 81 lbs. BP3636**

N363613FHLWT* (1003 x 927 x 383) (921 x 921 x 368) (972 x 724) (343) (737) (787) (813 x 813) 3

N363613RT* 9

N363613FHLRT* 9

N363613* 3

*Available as made to order.

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

NOTE: Mounting hole dimension is .50 inches.

**Panel ordered separately.

Wall Mount Enclosures Dimensions

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 133

134

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

HWT

“HWT” configuration - Stainless steel hinged, latched down cover

Technical Specifications - NW Series - Bonded Window

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

HWT

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester,

hand layup FRP

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts accepting 10-32 screws

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Bonded Window Precision routed flush bonded Super Abrasion Resistant acrylic

material for maximum visibility

HWT

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Temperature Range Window (-26°F to +170°F) (-32°C to +76°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Window Flammability UL94V-HB

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

HWT

Accessories

Back Panels

Aluminum BP__AL pg. 149, 151

Fiberglass BP__FG pg. 149, 151

Stainless Steel BP__SS pg. 149, 151

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149, 151

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

HWT

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:03 PM Page 134

135

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

AKA

SECTION B-B

EH M

Control Enclosures Type 4X - Bonded Window “HWT” Configuration Technical Chart & Drawing

WINDOW AREA

ENCLOSURE NO.

CATALOG OVERALL INSIDE (MAXIMUM) MOUNTING OPENING OF

SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C P X Q E X F JKL M X N

LATCHES WEIGHT

NUMBER

NW201610HWT 22.75 x 16.87 x 11.77 19.70 x 16.04 x 11.24 14 x 10 21.50 x 10.12 10.26 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 2 24 lbs. BP2016*

(578 x 429 x 299) (500 x 407 x 286) (356 x 254) (546 x 257) (261) (387) (286) (425 x 310)

NW241210HWT 26.95 x 13.72 x 11.99 24.00 x 12.87 x 11.33 18 x 6 25.75 x 6.25 10.33 19.25 7.25 21.00 x 8.37 2 26 lbs. BP2412*

(685 x 348 x 304) (610 x 327 x 288) (457 x 152) (654 x 159) (262) (489) (184) (533 x 213)

NW24208HWT 27.00 x 21.24 x 9.90 24.05 x 20.39 x 9.25 19 x 14 25.75 x 14.00 8.25 19.25 15.25 21.25 x 16.00 4 34 lbs. BP2420*

(686 x 539 x 252) (611 x 518 x 235) (483 x 356) (654 x 356) (209) (489) (387) (540 x 406)

NW242410HWT 27.00 x 25.24 x 11.90 24.05 x 24.39 x 11.25 19 x 18 25.75 x 17.87 10.25 19.25 19.25 21.25 x 20.00 4 45 lbs. BP2424*

(686 x 641 x 302) (611 x 619 x 286) (483 x 457) (654 x 454) (260) (489) (489) (540 x 508)

NW30208HWT 32.86 x 20.99 x 9.89 29.90 x 20.14 x 9.23 24 x 14 31.75 x 14.25 8.23 25.25 15.25 27.00 x 16.50 5 39 lbs. BP3020*

(835 x 533 x 251) (760 x 511 x 234) (610 x 356) (806 x 362) (209) (641) (387) (686 x 419)

NW302410HWT 33.41 x 26.32 x 11.95 30.46 x 25.47 x 11.27 25 x 19 32.25 x 18.50 10.27 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 5 54 lbs. BP3024*

(849 x 668 x 304) (774 x 647 x 286) (635 x 483) (819 x 470) (261) (641) (489) (695 x 540)

NW363012HWT 39.31 x 32.50 x 14.05 36.31 x 31.69 x 13.36 31 x 25 38.13 x 23.88 12.36 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.25 5 86 lbs. BP3630*

(999 x 826 x 357) (922 x 805 x 339) (787 x 635) (968 x 606) (314) (794) (641) (845 x 692)

NW483612HWT 51.29 x 36.62 x 13.93 48.33 x 36.22 x 13.25 43 x 30 50.12 x 28.5 1225 21.63 31.25 45.25 x 32.00 10 99.8 lbs. BP4836*

(1303 x 930 x 354) (1228 x 920 x 336) (1092 x 762) (1273 x 724) (311) (549) (794) (1149 x 813)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters

*Panel ordered separately.

Control Enclosures Type 4X - Bonded Window - “HWT” Dimensions

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 135

136

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

Control Enclosures - ControlTower©Single Door, Free Standing

ControlTower©Single Door, Free Standing

FS Type 12, SS hinged, latched down cover

FSHWT Type 4X, SS hinged, latched down cover

FSFHLWT Type 4X, fiberglass hinged, through the door latches

FSRT Type 3R, SS hinged, latched down cover

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 136

137

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

Control Enclosures - ControlTower ®Double Door, Wall Mounted

ControlTower©Double Door, Wall Mounted

DDHWT Type 4X, SS hinged, latched down cover

DDRT Type 3R, SS hinged, latched down cover

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 137

138

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

Control Enclosures - ControlTower ®Double Door, Free Standing

ControlTower©Double Door, Free Standing

FSDD Type 12, SS hinged, latched down cover

FSDDHWT Type 4X, SS hinged, latched down cover

FSDDFHLWT Type 4X, fiberglass hinged, through the door latches

FSDDRT Type 3R, SS hinged, latched down cover

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 138

Control Enclosures Configuration Technical Charts

139

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

N Series

ENCLOSURE

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING OPENING

NO. OF SHIPPING

PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKL M X N

LATCHES WEIGHT

NUMBER

N364812DDRT 39.50 x 48.50 x 13.62 36.12 x 48.12 x 13.00 38.25 x 40.5 11.94 14.50 20.00 32.00 x 20.75 6 140 lbs. BP3648 (2)**

N364812DDFHLWT (1003 x 1232 x 346) (917 x 1222 x 330) (972 x 1029) (303) (368) (508) (813 x 527) 14

N483612RT 51.29 x 36.62 x 13.93 48.33 x 36.22 x 13.25 50.12 x 28.50 12.25 21.63 31.25 45.25 x 32.00 3 96 lbs. BP4836**

N483612FHLWT (1303 x 930 x 354) (1228 x 920 x 336) (1273 x 724) (311) (549) (794) (1149 x 813) 10

N483612HWT 10

N483612* 3

N483616RT 51.29 x 36.62 x 17.93 48.33 x 32.22 x 17.25 50.12 x 28.50 16.25 21.63 31.25 45.25 x 32.00 3 109 lbs. BP4836**

N483616FHLWT (1303 x 930 x 456) (1228 x 920 x 438) (1273 x 724) (413) (549) (794) (1149 x 813) 10

N483616HWT 10

N483616* 3

N54428DDRT 57.50 x 42.50 x 9.62 54.12 x 42.12 x 9.00 56.25 x 34.50 7.94 23.50 17.00 50.00 x 17.50 8 162 lbs. BP5442 (2)**

(1460 x 1080 x 244) (1374 x 1069 x 228) (1429 x 876) (201) (596) (431) (1270 x 444)

N602418RT 63.75 x 24.50 x 20.12 60.38 x 36.13 x 19.44 62.50 x 16.75 18.44 27.63 19.25 57.25 x 20.00 9 175 lbs. BP6024**

N602418HWT (1619 x 622 x 511) (1533 x 918 x 493) (1587 x 425) (468) (702) (489) (1454 x 508)

N603612RT 64.00 x 36.50 x 14.12 60.62 x 36.13 x 13.44 62.75 x 28.75 12.44 27.63 31.25 57.25 x 32.00 3 125 lbs. BP6036**

N603612FHLWT (1627 x 927 x 359) (1540 x 918 x 441) (1594 x 730) (316) (702) (794) (1454 x 813) 11

N603612HWT 11

N603612* 3

N603616RT 64.00 x 36.50 x 18.12 60.62 x 36.13 x 17.44 62.75 x 28.75 16.44 27.63 31.25 57.25 x 32.00 3 130 lbs. BP6036**

N603616FHLWT (1627 x 927 x 460) (1540 x 918 x 443) (1594 x 730) (418) (702) (794) (1454 x 813) 11

N603616HWT 11

N603616* 3

N603624HWT 63.75 x 36.50 x 26.12 60.38 x 36.13 x 25.44 62.50 x 28.75 24.44 27.63 31.25 57.25 x 32.00 11 140 lbs. BP6036**

(1619 x 927 x 663) (1533 x 918 x 646) (1587 x 730) (621) (702) (794) (1454 x 813)

N606012FSDDRT 60.50 x 60.50 x 13.38 60.13 x 60.13 x 13.01 NA 11.88 13.00 25.50 52.75 x 26.50 10 285 lbs. BP6060**

(1537 x 1537 x 340) (1524 x 1524 x 324) (298) (330) (648) (1340 x 673)

N722418FSRT 72.50 x 24.50 x 19.38 72.00 x 24.00 x 18.88 NA 17.88 15.50 18.00 64.75 x 20.00 5 158 lbs. BP7224**

N722418FSHWT (1841 x 610 x 492) (1829 x 610 x 479) (454) (388) (457) (1645 x 508) 9

N722525FSRT 72.50 x 25.50 x 26.38 72.00 x 25.00 x 25.88 NA 24.88 15.50 19.00 64.75 x 21.00 5 230 lbs. BP7225**

N722525FSFHLWT (1841 x 648 x 670) (1829 x 635 x 657) (632) (388) (483) (1645 x 533) 9

N722525FSHWT 9

N722525FS* 5

N723618FSFHLWT 72.50 x 36.50 x 19.38 72.00 x 36.00 x 18.88 NA 17.88 15.50 30.00 64.75 x 32.00 11 290 lbs. BP7236**

(1841 x 927 x 492) (1829 x 914 x 479) (454) (388) (762) (1645 x 813)

N724818FSDD* 72.50 x 48.50 x 19.38 72.00 x 48.00 x 18.88 NA 17.88 15.50 19.50 64.75 x 20.50 10 300 lbs. BP7248**

(1842 x 1232 x 492) (1824 x 1219 x 476) (450) (394) (495) (1645 x 521)

N724925FSDDRT 72.50 x 49.50 x 26.38 72.00 x 49.00 x 25.88 NA 24.88 15.50 20.00 64.75 x 21.00 10 520 lbs. BP7249**

N724925FSDD* (1842 x 1257 x 670) (1829 x 1245 x 654) (628) (394) (508) (1645 x 533)

N726012FSDD* 72.50 x 60.50 x 13.38 72.00 x 60.00 x 12.88 NA 11.88 15.50 25.50 64.75 x 26.50 10 315 lbs. BP7260**

(1842 x 1537 x 340) (1829 x 1524 x 324) (298) (394) (648) (1645 x 673)

N726018FSDD* 72.50 x 60.50 x 19.38 72.00 x 60.00 x 18.88 NA 17.88 15.50 25.50 64.75 x 26.50 10 375 lbs. BP7260**

(1842 x 1537 x 492) (1829 x 1524 x 476) (450) (394) (648) (1645 x 673)

N727212FSDDFHLWT 72.50 x 72.50 x 13.38 72.00 x 72.00 x 12.88 NA 11.88 15.50 31.50 64.75 x 32.50 22 480 lbs. BP7272**

(1842 x 1842 x 340) (1829 x 1829 x 324) (298) (394) (800) (1645 x 826)

N727218FSDDRT 72.50 x 72.50 x 19.38 72.00 x 72.00 x 18.88 NA 17.88 15.50 31.50 64.75 x 32.50 10 557 lbs. BP7272**

(1842 x 1842 x 492) (1829 x 1829 x 425) (400) (394) (800) (1645 x 826)

N727220FSDDFHLWT 72.50 x 72.50 x 21.38 72.00 x 72.00 x 20.88 NA 19.88 15.50 31.50 64.75 x 32.50 22 430 lbs. BP7272**

(1842 x 1842 x 543) (1829 x 1829 x 527) (501) (394) (800) (1645 x 826)

N903620FSRT 90.50 x 36.50 x 21.38 90.00 x 36.00 x 20.88 NA 19.88 20.00 30.00 82.75 x 32.00 6 307 lbs. BP9036**

(2299 x 927 x 543) (2286 x 914 x 530) (505) (508) (762) (2102 x 813)

*Available as made to order.

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

NOTE: Mounting hole dimension is .50 inches.

**Panel ordered separately.

Control Tower Enclosures Dimensions

N_Series_2011_3_N_Series_2011 8/22/11 8:04 PM Page 139

Disconnects

Control Disconnect Enclosures C

Stahlin’s Control Disconnect Enclosures offer a unique range of product designed around a Type 4X

watertight, corrosion resistant vertical disconnect handle. The versatile mechanism functions as a

universal linkage compatible with name brand disconnects, circuit breakers and combination starters.

An environmentally sealed vertical disconnect mechanism differs significantly from a rotary through-

the-door mechanism. The assembly maintains the complete environmental integrity of the enclosure

while it minimizes panel obstruction. The mechanism mounts to the far right side of the enclosure and

minimizes the linkage interference with panel mounted components. As a result, competitively priced,

commercially available control can be used. Stahlin’s unique handle mechanism uses internal cabinet

space in the most efficient way possible. The handle mechanism is unchanged, regardless of the

capacity of the control. However, five different enclosure sizes are offered to accommodate both small

and large control assemblies.

Control Disconnect Enclosure Attributes

●

Environmentally sealed Type 4X disconnect handle

●

Safety lock in off position

●

Memory retaining polyurethane gasket

●

High impact resistance

●

300 series stainless steel

●

Stands up to an exceptionally broad range of chemical exposures

●

Integral mounting feet

●

Molded in panel mounting inserts

Control Disconnect Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50

File E64358SP

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

NEMA 250

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014

Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12 as designated

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 140

Disconnects

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 141

142

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Disconnects

Base configuration (no suffix) - Vertical disconnect handle,

without pre-mounted control

Technical Specifications - Control Disconnect Enclosures

NOTES:

Custom Colors pg. 12 - 13

Silk Screening pg. 12 - 13

EMI/RFI Shielding pg. 12 - 13

Custom Window pg. 12 - 13

Custom Cutouts/Holes pg. 12 - 13

Modifications

Construction

Material Hot compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester

Gasket Poured polyurethane seamless gasket provides watertight,

dust-tight environmental seal

Stainless Steel Hardware 300 Series stainless used on all hardware

Molded in Mounting Bosses Panel mounting capability for fixed rear panel

Metal inserts All bosses utilize threaded brass inserts

Soft Edge Design Rounded edges, minimal protrusions or exposed pocket areas for

assembly of dust and debris

Latch Material Glass Filled Polyamide with foam in place gasket

Industry Standards

UL/cUL 50 File E64358SP Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

NEMA 250 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

CSA Std C22.2 File LR069014 Type 1, 3, 3R, 4X, 12

Temperature Range (-76°F to +274°F) (-60°C to +134°C)

Flammability Rating UL94-5V

Self Extinguishing Non-halogenated, non-flame propagating

Chemical Resistance Full chemical resistance charts listed in appendix

NFPA No. 101 Flame Spread Class A (1)

Accessories

Back Panels

Carbon Steel BP__CS pg. 149 - 150

Accessories

Drain & Breather Vents pg. 144, 146

Hole Plugs pg. 145

Assorted Hubs and Cord Grips pg. 145, 148

All Other Accessories pg. 144 - 159

Control Disconnect

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 142

Control Disconnect Enclosures Technical Drawings

143

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Disconnects

OPENING

SIZE ID OVERALL INSIDE MOUNTING ENCLOSURE SHIPPING PANEL

NUMBER H X W X D A X B X C E X F JKL M X N O WEIGHT NUMBER

C2016* 22.75 x 16.87 x 11.00 19.70 x 16.04 x 9.24 21.50 x 10.12 8.26 15.25 11.25 16.75 x 12.19 3.50 23.5 BP2016CD**

(578 x 429 x 279) (500 x 407 x 235) (546 x 257) (210) (387) (286) (425 x 310) (89)

C2412* 26.95 x 13.72 x 13.25 24.00 x 12.87 x 11.33 25.75 x 6.25 10.33 19.25 7.25 21.00 x 8.37 5.75 28.6 BP2412CD**

(685 x 348 x 337) (610 x 327 x 288) (654 x 159) (262) (489) (184) (533 x 213) (146)

C2424* 27.00 x 25.24 x 13.19 24.05 x 24.39 x 11.25 25.75 x 17.87 10.25 19.25 19.25 21.25 x 20.00 5.75 42.7 BP2424CD**

(686 x 641 x 335) (611 x 619 x 286) (654 x 454) (260) (489) (489) (540 x 508) (146)

C3024* 33.41 x 26.32 x 13.19 30.46 x 25.47 x 11.27 32.25 x 18.50 10.27 25.25 19.25 27.38 x 21.25 12.25 53.6 BP3024CD**

(849 x 668 x 335) (774 x 647 x 286) (819 x 470) (261) (641) (489) (695 x 540) (311)

C3630* 39.31 x 32.50 x 13.31 36.31 x 31.69 x 11.36 38.13 x 23.88 10.36 31.25 25.25 33.25 x 27.5 12.25 71.5 BP3630CD**

(999 x 826 x 338) (922 x 805 x 289) (968 x 606) (263) (794) (641) (845 x 692) (311)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

*Disconnect, fuse block, breaker, yoke, switches, or other internal components are not furnished with enclosure.

**Panel ordered separately.

Control Disconnect Enclosures

SECTION A-A

SECTION B-B

H E M

ControlDisconnect_2011_1_ControlDisconnect 8/22/11 8:05 PM Page 143

144

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Stahlin Enclosure Accessories

Stahlin enclosures are created in standard forms and shapes, but the ability to customize into unique end user configurations may be

the single best reason to buy Stahlin products. Certain accessories are available by part number and can be added at the time of the

enclosure purchase, or added later as a separate item.

By comparison, modifications are considerably more complex and end user specific and they must be implemented before the

enclosure leaves the factory. All items listed as Accessories are available as separately priced items. These services designated

factory install Modifications must be requested at the time of order placement.

General Accessories

Breather Vent – 4X

Stahlin’s non-metallic Breather Vent allows an enclosure to “breathe” — literally

allowing the free passage of air while maintaining UL Type 4X enclosure

integrity as a recognized component.

CATALOG NUMBER

BV4XKIT

Breather Vent

Drain Vent – 4X

Stahlin’s new non-metallic Drain Vent reliably protects electrical

equipment housed inside an enclosure by properly draining unwanted

moisture or accumulated water from within, while maintaining UL Type

4X enclosure integrity as a recognized component.

CATALOG NUMBER

DV4XKIT

Drain Vent

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 144

General Accessories

145

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

PVC Coated Hubs for use with PVC Coated Rigid Conduit

Copper Free Aluminum Hubs for use with Metallic Conduit

For connections using rigid PVC

coated conduit, Plasti-Bond Red hubs

are available in four standard sizes.

CATALOG NUMBER SIZE

STPRSTG2 3/4"

STPRSTG3 1"

STPRSTG4 1 1/4"

STPRSTG5 1 1/2"

Plasti-Bond Red Hubs

Metallic conduit connections can be made with the use of an aluminum

hub available in seven standard sizes.

CATALOG NUMBER INSIDE DIAMETER HOLE DIAMETER

M50 1/2"7/8"

M75 3/4"11/16"

M100 1" 11/4"

M125 11/4"1

11/16"

M150 1 1/2"1

7/8"

M200 2" 2 3/8"

M250 2 1/2"2

7/8"

M300 3" 3 7/16"

M400 4" 4 3/8"

Aluminum Hubs

• Superior corrosion resistance compared to rust-prone carbon steel

and other metallic alternatives helps ensure increased enclosure

life expectancy.

• Cost effective when compared to either carbon or stainless steel

alternatives.

• Considerably better long-term resistance to UV degradation versus

UV-susceptible soft rubber plugs that turn brittle from extreme

temperature variations and repeated UV exposure.

• Will not create galvanic corrosion associated with dissimilar metals

sometimes used in electrical enclosures.

• Maintains all chemical resistance features of current Stahlin

products.

• Flame retardant material to UL 94V-0.

• A submersion/hosedown rated component for use in electrical

enclosures UL recognized to type 4X and 6P.

• IEC tested to IP66 and IP68.

Kit

Number Config. ØA B C D

Across Flats

ØE Ref. - Nom.

Hole Dia. Range ØF ØG Common Industry

Applications

HPSERIES 1

HP1

1.00"

(25.40)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.35"

(8.89)

0.88"

(22.35)

0.50" - 0.56"

(12.70 - 14.29) N/A

0.44"

(11.18)

1/2" Dia. Hole

HP2 0.63" - 0.69"

(16.00 - 17.46)

0.56"

(14.22) 5/8" Dia. Hole

HP3 0.75" - 0.81"

(19.05 - 20.64)

0.68"

(17.27) 3/4" Dia. Hole

HPSERIES 1.5 HP3.5 1.20"

(30.48)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.33"

(8.38)

1.04"

(26.39)

0.88"

(22.35) N/A 0.81"

(20.57) 1/2" Conduit

HPSERIES 2

HP4

1.50"

(38.10)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.38"

(9.63)

1.38"

(35.05)

0.88" - 1.00"

(22.35 - 25.40) N/A

0.85"

(21.59)

1/2" Conduit

22mm PB

HP5 1.06" - 1.12"

(26.92 - 28.45)

1.03"

(26.16) 3/4" Conduit

HP6 1.22" - 1.28"

(30.73 - 32.51)

1.19"

(30.22) 30mm PB

HPSERIES 3

HP7 2.00"

(50.80)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.38"

(9.63)

1.88"

(47.75)

1.38" - 1.50"

(35.05 - 38.10) N/A 1.35"

(34.29)

1" Conduit

HP8 1.69" - 1.75"

(42.67 - 44.45)

1.65"

(41.91) 1-1/4" Conduit

HPSERIES 4

HP9 2.75"

(69.85)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.41"

(10.41)

2.63"

(66.67)

2.00" - 2.12"

(50.80 - 53.85) N/A 1.97"

(50.04)

1-1/2" Conduit

HP10 2.50" - 2.56"

(63.50 - 65.09)

2.44"

(61.89) 2" Conduit

HPSERIES 5 HP11 3.38"

(85.85)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.34"

(8.63)

3.38"

(85.85)

3.00"

(76.20) N/A 2.97"

(75.44) 2-1/2" Conduit

HPSERIES 6 HP12 4.00"

(101.60)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.34"

(8.63)

4.00"

(101.60)

3.62"

(91.95) N/A 3.59"

(91.19) 3" Conduit

HPSERIES 7 HP13 4.50"

(114.30)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.38"

(9.63)

4.50"

(114.30)

4.12"

(104.65) N/A 4.09"

(103.88) 3-1/2" Conduit

HPSERIES 8 HP14 5.00"

(127.00)

0.22"

(5.59)

0.41"

(10.41)

5.00"

(127.00)

4.62"

(117.35) N/A 4.59"

(116.58) 4" Conduit

+0.05"

-0.00"

PluggIt!

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 145

146

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

General Accessories

Louver Plate Vent

Drain & Vent

Encapsulated Screws

Stainless Steel Screws

CATALOG NUMBER

LP1

LPK3KIT

Note: Kit includes LP1 plus silicone pack

and four rivets

Louver Plate Vent

CATALOG NUMBER

DV1PVC

DVK3KIT

Note: Kit includes DV1PVC and silicone

packet

Drain & Vent

CATALOG NUMBER

2PKENCAP

4PKENCAP

Encapsulated

CATALOG NUMBER SERIES TYPE

2PKSS* J Cover

4PKSS* J Cover

4PKSSCF* CF Cover

2PKSSCL* CL Cover

4PKBPSS** DS, J, CL Back Panel

4PKBPN1610** N Back Panel

4PKBPN** N Back Panel

6PKBPN** N Back Panel

8PKBPN** N Back Panel

Stainless Steel Cover Screws

Note: * includes cover screws and “O” rings.

** includes back panel screws and washers.

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 146

General Accessories

147

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Vapor Capsule

Stahlin Vapor Capsules contain a unique vapor phase inhibitor

designed to protect metallic surfaces within an enclosure

against airborne corrosion.

Plastic Print Pocket

Carrying Handle

Stahlin's Print Pocket is self

adhesive and can be utilized to

store prints or other important

documents within the enclosure.

CATALOG NUMBER

VC21

Note: Radius of Protection: 2 ft.

Normal Life Span: 1 yr.

Louver Plate Vent

CATALOG NUMBER

CH109506

Carrying Handle

CATALOG NUMBER HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH

PRTPKT 9.3" 10.4" 1.2"

Stainless Steel Cover Screws

0.31

(8)

3.86

(98)

4.80

(122)

5.59

(142)

1.57

(40)

1.02

(26)

B0.24 (6)

2 PLC’S.

4.80

(122)

2.40

(61)

B0.25 (6.5) 2 PLC’S.

Hole Mounting Detail

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 147

148

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

General Accessories

Nylon cord grips are durable and easy to install. The body and sealing

nut are manufactured with a tough, impact resistant nylon. Together

the nut and washer form a positive sealing grip when installed through

an enclosure wall. The oil resistant neoprene grommet and nylon

washer fit tightly around an entrance cord, sealing out moisture, dust

and foreign materials.

NEMA STD FBI-1983

UL STD 514 File No. 53599 Type 4

CSA STD 22.2 No. 18 File No. 28985 Type 4

HAZ LOC NEC 501-4(b), 502-4(a)(2), 503-3(a)

Class I, Div 2, Class II Div 1 and 2; Class III Div 1 and 2

CATALOG HUB CABLE INSIDE

NUMBER DIAMETER DIAMETER BODY

RANGE DIAMETER

5122 1/2" .250-.312 .625

5123 1/2" .312-.375 .625

5124 1/2" .375-.437 .625

5125 1/2" .437-.500 .625

5126* 1/2" .500-.562 .625

5146 3/4" .562-.625 .788

*Cable jacket may have to be stripped for clearance

Nylon Cord Grip

SIZE TYPE 234

COND COND COND

18 SV-SVT .24 .25 .26

SJ-SJO .31 .34 .36

S-SO .39 .41 .44

SJTO .30 .33 .36

STO .38 .39 .42

16 SJ-SJO .33 .36 .39

S-SO .41 .43 .49

SJTO .32 .35 .39

STO .39 .42 .47

14 SJO .43 .47

S-SO .53 .56 .61

STO .52 .55 .59

BDC .40

12 S-SO .61 .64 .67

STO .59 .63 .67

BDC .45

10 S-SO .64 .69 .75

STO .64 .68 .74

BDC .50

8 S-SO .79 .90 .97

STO .81 .85 .96

BDC .68

6 S-SO .91 .99 1.07

STO .95 1.00

BDC .80

4 S-SO 1.09 1.15 1.29

STO 1.10 1.15 1.30

BDC .94

2 STO 1.29 1.34

BDC 1.08

Dimensional data is taken from various cable manufacturers.

It is not guaranteed but usable for general purposes.

Nominal O.D.

Nylon Cord Grip Fittings

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 148

General Accessories

149

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Back Panels

BKBA

HOLE

DIA.

"BL" IS LESS THAN 31.25"

OMIT CENTER HOLES WHEN

"BK" IS LESS THAN 29"

End View (Formed)

End View (Flat)

CATALOG

SUFFIX MATERIAL GRADE FINISH MISC.

AL Aluminum 3003 H14 None

SS Stainless Steel 304 None

FG Fiberglass UL94-V0

CS Carbon Steel 1008/1010 Painted

White Enamel

Note: Available for all product families unless otherwise specified

Back Panels

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 149

150

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Enclosure Specific Accessories

Weight Weight Weight Weight

SIZE ID BA BB BK BL BT BT BT BT PANEL HOLE # OF (Aluminum) (Fiberglass) (Stainless) (Carbon Steel)

NUMBER (AL) (FG) (SS) (CS) TYPE DIA. HOLES Suffix: AL Suffix: FG Suffix: SS Suffix: CS

BP64 4.88 2.88 4.25 2.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 2 oz. 2 oz. 5 oz. 6 oz.

(124) (73) (108) (57) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP66 4.88 4.88 4.25 4.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 3 oz. 3 oz. 6 oz. 8 oz.

(124) (124) (108) (108) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP76 6 4.88 5.38 4.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 4 oz. 4 oz 9 oz 10 oz.

(152) (124) (137) (108) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP86 6.88 4.88 6.25 4.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 4 oz. 4 oz. 12 oz. 12 oz.

(175) (124) (159) (108) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP88 6.88 6.88 6.25 6.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 5 oz. 5 oz. 15 oz. 15 oz.

(175) (175) (159) (159) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP96 8.25 4.88 7.63 4.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 5 oz. 5 oz. 12 oz. 14 oz.

(210) (124) (194) (108) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP108 8.88 6.88 8.25 6.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 8 oz. 8 oz. 1.2 lb. 1.3 lb.

(225) (175) (210) (159) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP1210 10.88 8.88 10.25 8.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 12 oz. 14 oz. 1.9 lb. 2.1 lb.

(276) (225) (260 (210) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP1212 10.88 10.88 10.25 10.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 1 lb. 1.1 lb. 2.3 lb. 2.4 lb.

(276) (276) (260 (260) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP1407 12.88 5.88 12.25 5.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 14 oz. 14 oz. 2 lb. 2.1 lb.

(327) (149) (311) (133) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP1412 12.88 10.88 12.25 10.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 1.125 lb. 1.3 lb. 2.8 lb. 3 lb.

(327) (276) (311) (260 (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP1614 14.88 12.88 14.25 12.25 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 1.5 lb. 1.4 lb. 3.8 lb. 4.1 lb.

(378) (327) (362) (311) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BP1816 16.88 14.88 16.25 14.250 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 1.94 lb. 2 lb. 5.5 lb. 5.4 lb.

(429) (378) (413) (362) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

BPJ2016 18.88 14.88 18.25 14.250 .080 .125 .060 .075 Flat .25 4 2.25 lb. 2.1 lb. 6.1 lb. 6.1 lb.

(479) (378) (463) (362) (2) (3) (2) (2) (6)

Caution: Metric units are for reference do not convert.

Note: When specifying combine Size ID Number and Material Suffix

Example: BP64SS for 6x4 Stainless Steel Back Panel

Typical Series Designators: DS, J, JCC, RJ, CL, PC, F Back Panel Dimensions

Panel Weight Fits Typical

SIZE ID Thickness Panel Hole # of (Steel) Enclosure

NUMBER BA BB BK BL BT Type Dia. Holes (suffix: CS) Size

BP2016CD 16.88 13.38 15.25 11.25 0.13 Formed 0.31 4 7.3 lbs. 20 x 16

(429) (340) (387) (286) (2) (8) Disconnect

Enclosure

BP2412CD 20.88 9.38 19.25 7.25 0.13 Formed 0.50 4 6.5 lbs. 24 x 12

(530) (238) (489) (184) (2) (13) Disconnect

Enclosure

BP2424CD 20.88 21.38 19.25 19.25 0.13 Formed 0.50 4 14 lbs. 24 x 24

(530) (543) (489) (489) (2) (13) Disconnect

Enclosure

BP3024CD 26.88 21.38 25.25 19.25 0.13 Formed 0.50 4 19 lbs. 30 x 24

(683) (543) (641) (489) (2) (13) Disconnect

Enclosure

BP3630CD 32.88 27.38 31.25 25.25 0.13 Formed 0.50 6 29 lbs. 36 x 30

(835) (695) (794) (641) (2) (13) Disconnect

Enclosure

Caution: Metric units are for reference do not convert.

Note: Carbon Steel (CS) available only

Typical Series Designators: C - Disconnect Back Panel Dimensions

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 150

Enclosure Specific Accessories

151

Accessories

Weight Weight Weight

SIZE ID BA BB BK BL BT BT BT PANEL HOLE # OF (Aluminum) (Stainless) (Carbon Steel)

NUMBER (AL) (SS) (CS) TYPE DIA. HOLES Suffix: AL Suffix: SS Suffix: CS

BP1610 13.00 8.50 12.00 7.50 .080 .060 .105 Flat 0.31 4 1 lb 1.5 lbs 3.3 lbs

(330) (216) (305) (191) (2) (2) (3) (8)

BP2016 17.00 13.00 15.25 11.25 .080 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 2 lbs 3.7 lbs 6.7 lbs

(432) (330) (387) (286) (2) (2) (3) (13)

BP2020 17.00 17.00 15.25 15.25 .080 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 2.5 lbs 4 lbs 5.7 lbs

(432) (432) (387) (387) (2) (2) (3) (13)

BP2412 21.00 9.00 19.25 7.25 .080 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 1.5 lbs 5 lbs 8.7 lbs

(533) (229) (489) (184) (2) (2) (3) (13)

BP2420 21.00 17.00 19.25 15.25 .13 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 4.5 lbs 6 lbs 10.8 lbs

(533) (432) (489) (387) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP2424 21.00 21.00 19.25 19.25 .13 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 5.5 lbs 7.4 lbs 13.4 lbs

(533) (533) (489) (489) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP3020 27.00 17.00 25.25 15.25 .13 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 5.8 lbs 7.7 lbs 14 lbs

(686) (432) (641) (387) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP3024 27.00 21.00 25.25 19.25 .13 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 7 lbs 9.6 lbs 17 lbs

(686) (533) (641) (489) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP3630 33.00 27.00 31.25 25.25 .13 .060 .105 Flat .50 4 11 lbs 15.2 lbs 27 lbs

(838) (686) (794) (641) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP3636 31.00 33.00 29.00 31.00 .13 .060 .105 Formed .50 6 14 lbs 18.5 lbs 33 lbs

(787) (838) (737) (787) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP4836 45.00 33.00 43.25 31.25 .13 .060 .105 Formed .50 8 20 lbs N/A 47 lbs

(1143) (838) (1099) (794) (3) (2) (3) (13)

BP6036 57.00 33.00 55.25 31.25 .13 .105 .105 Formed .50 8 25 lbs N/A 60 lbs

(1448) (838) (1403) (794) (3) (3) (3) (13)

BP7225 64.00 21.00 62.00 19.00 .13 .105 .105 Formed .50 10 18.5 lbs N/A 43 lbs

(1626) (533) (1575) (483) (3) (3) (3) (13)

* BP7249 64.00 22.00 62.00 20.00 .13 .105 .105 Formed .50 10 38 lbs N/A 86 lbs

(1626) (559) (1575) (508) (3) (3) (3) (13)

* BP7260 64.00 27.50 62.00 25.50 .13 .105 .105 Formed .50 10 46 lbs N/A 109 lbs

(1626) (698) (1575) (648) (3) (3) (3) (13)

* Set of two panels.

Caution: Metric units are for reference;do not convert.

Note: When specifying combine Size ID Number and Material Suffix

Example: BP1610CS for 16x10 Carbon Steel Back Panel

Typical Series Designation: N Series Back Panel Dimensions

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 151

152

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Enclosure Specific Accessories – Control Series Back Panels

Weight Weight Weight

SIZE ID BA BB BK BL BT BT BT BT PANEL HOLE # OF (Aluminum) (Stainless) (Carbon Steel)

NUMBER (AL) (FG) (SS) (CS) TYPE DIA. HOLES Suffix: AL Suffix: SS Suffix: CS

BP3648* 31.00 22.00 29.00 20.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Flat 0.500 8 1 lb. N/A 3.3 lbs.

(787) (559) (737) (508) (3) (6) (2) (3) (13)

BP5442* 49.00 19.00 47.00 17.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 6 2 lbs. N/A 6.7 lbs.

(1245) (483) (1194) (432) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP6024 57.00 21.00 55.25 19.25 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 6 2.5 lbs. N/A 5.7 lbs.

(1448) (533) (1403) (489) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP6048* 52.50 21.5 50.50 19.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 1.5 lbs. N/A 8.7 lbs.

(1334) (546) (1283) (495) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP6060* 52.50 27.50 50.50 25.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 4.5 lbs. N/A 10.8 lbs.

(1334) (699) (1283) (648) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP6248* 54.50 21.50 52.50 19.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 5.5 lbs. N/A 13.4 lbs.

(1384) (546) (1334) (495) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP6260* 54.50 27.50 52.50 25.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 5.8 lbs. N/A 14 lbs.

(1384) (699) (1334) (648) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7224 64.00 20.00 62.00 18.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 7 lbs. N/A 17 lbs.

(1626) (508) (1575) (457) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7230 64.00 26.00 62.00 24.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 11 lbs. N/A 27 lbs.

(1626) (660) (1575) (610) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7231 64.00 27.00 62.00 25.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.438 10 14 lbs. N/A N/A

(1626) (686) (1575) (635) (3) (6) (2) (3) (11)

BP7236 64.00 32.00 62.00 30.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 20 lbs. N/A 47 lbs.

(1626) (813) (1575) (762) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7237 64.00 33.00 62.00 31.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 25 lbs. N/A 60 lbs.

(1626) (838) (1575) (787) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7248* 64.00 21.50 62.00 19.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 18.5 lbs. N/A 43 lbs.

(1626) (546) (1575) (495) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7272* 64.00 33.50 62.00 31.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 38 lbs. N/A 128 lbs.

(1626) (851) (1575) (800) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7460* 66.00 27.50 64.00 25.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 46 lbs. N/A 109 lbs.

(1676) (699) (1626) (648) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP7472* 66.00 33.50 64.00 31.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 60 lbs. N/A 132 lbs.

(1676) (851) (1626) (800) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP9024 82.00 20.00 80.00 18.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 23 lbs. N/A 49 lbs.

(2083) (508) (2032) (457) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP9036 82.00 32.00 80.00 30.00 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 36 lbs. N/A 79 lbs.

(2083) (813) (2032) (762) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP9048* 82.00 21.5 80.00 19.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 48 lbs. N/A 105 lbs.

(2083) (546) (2032) (495) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

BP9072* 82.00 33.50 80.00 31.50 0.125 0.25 0.060 0.105 Formed 0.563 10 72 lbs. N/A 164 lbs.

(2083) (851) (2032) (800) (3) (6) (2) (3) (14)

* Set of two panels.

Caution:Metic units are for reference;do not convert.

Note: When specifying combine Size ID Number and Material Suffix

Example: BP1610CS for 16x10 Carbon Steel Back Panel

Typical Series Designation: N Series Back Panel Dimensions

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 152

Enclosure Specific Accessories – DuraBoxx Back Panels

153

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

BACK PANEL # OF

MODEL NO. BA BB BC BD BE BF BG BH HOLES

D333BP 2.48 1.02 N/A N/A 2.68 2.28 1.85 N/A 2

(63) (26) (68) (58) (47)

D342BP 2.44 1.26 N/A N/A 3.82 3.50 3.27 N/A 2

(62) (32) (97) (89) (83)

D554BP 4.21 2.44 2.05 N/A 4.29 3.74 3.39 2.83 6

(107) (62) (52) (109) (95) (86) (72)

D594BP 4.21 2.44 2.05 N/A 8.15 7.60 7.24 6.69 6

(107) (62) (52) (207) (193) (184) (170)

D774BP 5.67 3.43 2.99 N/A 5.67 5.20 4.61 4.02 6

(144) (87) (76) (144) (132) (117) (102)

D7114BP 5.67 3.43 2.99 N/A 9.61 9.13 8.54 7.95 6

(144) (87) (76) (244) (232) (217) (202)

D10105BP 9.17 6.93 3.94 N/A 9.37 8.94 8.31 7.72 6

(233) (176) (100) (238) (227) (211) (196)

D10165BP 9.17 6.93 3.94 N/A 15.08 14.65 14.02 13.43 6

(233) (176) (100) (383) (372) (356) (341)

D14144BP 13.54 11.30 10.63 5.35 13.54 13.07 12.48 11.89 10

(344) (287) (270) (136) (344) (332) (317) (302)

D16165BP 15.28 13.03 9.84 N/A 15.04 14.65 13.98 13.43 6

(388) (331) (250) (382) (372) (355) (341)

DuraBoxx®D Series Back Panel Dimensions

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

BACK PANEL # OF

MODEL NO. BA BB BC BD HOLES

DL18127BP 13.94 13.46 8.46 7.95 4

(354) (342) (215) (202)

DL18168BP 14.80 14.25 12.83 12.24 4

(376) (362) (326) (311)

DL24168BP 21.89 21.34 14.84 14.21 4

(556) (542) (377) (361)

DuraBoxx®DL Series Back Panel Dimensions

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert.

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 153

154

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Enclosure Specific Accessories - Dead Front Panels

Weight Fits Typical

Size ID Panel Panel (Aluminum) Enclosure

Number H x W Thickness Type (suffix: AL) Size

DF707 4.68 x 6.56 0.080 Flat 3 oz. 7 x 7

(119 x 167) (2) (178 x 178)

DF907 6.68 x 6.56 0.080 Flat 4 oz. 9 x 7

(170 x 167) (2) (229 x 178)

DF1109 8.68 x 8.56 0.080 Flat 8 oz. 11 x 9

(220 x 217) (2) (279 x 229)

DF1311 10.68 x 10.56 0.080 Flat 12 oz. 13 x 11

(271 x 268) (2) (330 x 279)

DF1513 12.68 x 12.5 0.080 Flat 18 oz. 15 x 13

(322 x 317) (2) (381 x 330)

Note: Available in hinged short side, contact factory for details

Available as Factory Install Modification ONLY, contact factory for details

Material available only in Aluminum (AL)

Typical Series Designators: CL and CLW Series Dead Front Panels

A dead front panel is designed to obscure the view of circuitry or devices while offering a cosmetically pleasing

mounting surface. In a designer's view, the dead front panel can represent the cover of the enclosure that will now

rest beneath a clear hinged door. This emphasizes the importance of full clear window fronts and fully clear covers.

Stahlin produces a top quality design, inclusive of spring-loaded releasable hinges that make component mounting

and panel assembly a very simple task. When properly installed, the panel is securely fixed to the sidewall of the

enclosure. This means that load-bearing weights are distributed throughout the assembly. The hinged suspended panel

swings out of the way to provide full access to a panel or PC board mounting.

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 154

Enclosure Specific Accessories - Dead Front Panels

155

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Size ID Panel Panel Weight (Aluminum) Fits Typical

Number H x W Thickness Type (suffix: AL) Enclosure Size

2016DF 16.00 x 11.50 0.080 Flat 2.4 lbs. 20 x 16

(406 x 292) (2) (508 x 406)

2420DF 20.00 x 15.38 0.080 Flat 3.8 lbs. 24 x 20

(508 x 391) (2) (610 x 508)

2424DF 20.00 x 19.38 0.080 Flat 4.8 lbs. 24 x 24

(508 x 492) (2) (610 x 610)

3020DF 26.00 x 15.38 0.080 Flat 5.0 lbs. 30 x 20

(660 x 391) (2) (762 x 508)

3024DF 26.00 x 20.25 0.080 Flat 6.5 lbs. 30 x 24

(660 x 514) (2) (762 x 610)

3630DF 32.50 x 25.88 0.080 Flat 10.5 lbs. 36 x 30

(826 657) (2) (914 x 762)

Note: Available as Factory Install Modification ONLY, contact factory for details

Material available only in Aluminum (AL)

Typical Series Designators: N Series Dead Front Panels

Size ID Panel Panel Weight (Aluminum) Fits Typical

Number H x W Thickness Type (suffix: AL) Enclosure Size

1008DF 9.75 x 7.75 0.080 Flat 8 oz. 10 x 8

(248 x 197) (2) (254 x 203)

1210DF 11.75 x 9.68 0.080 Flat 12 oz. 12 x 10

(298 x 246) (2) (305 x 254)

1412DF 13.75 x 11.75 0.080 Flat 1.1 lb. 14 x 12

(349 x 298) (2) (356 x 305)

1614DF 15.75 x 13.75 0.080 Flat 1.5 lb. 16 x 14

(400 x 349) (2) (406 x 356)

1816DF 17.75 x 15.75 0.080 Flat 2.5 lb. 18 x 16

(451 x 400) (2) (457 x 406)

J2016DF 19.81 x 15.75 0.080 Flat 2.4 lb. 20 x 16

(503 x 400) (2) (508 x 406)

Note: Available as Factory Install Modification ONLY, contact factory for details

Material available only in Aluminum (AL)

Typical Series Designators: J, JW, JCC, RJ, RJW Series Dead Front Panels

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 155

156

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Enclosure Specific Accessories - Latches for Field Replacements or Modifications

NLL150WTKIT Control / N Series NLL150KIT

J Series - JLL150KIT SSLKIT

SIZE ID MAINTAINS

NUMBER CONFIGURATION FAMILY DESCRIPTION

JLL150KIT HLL J, RJ, CL Standard link lock latch used for "HLL"

designations Type 4X

NLL150KIT HLL N Standard link lock latch used on "N"

Series Type 12, 3R and 4X

NLL150WTKIT HLL N Standard link lock latch used on "N"

Series Type 4X top & bottom

SSLKIT HPL J, RJ, CL Standard padlock latch used for "HPL"

designations Type 4X

Latches for Field Replacement

SIZE ID MAINTAINS

NUMBER CONFIGURATION FAMILY DESCRIPTION

WKJLatch Wing Through Door J, RJ Operator mechanism for "J" series.

HASPKITSS N/A N Stainless steel alternate hasp pin for "N"

Series enclosures

HASPKITFG N/A N Fiberglass alternate hasp

pin for “N” series enclosures

Field Replacements or Modifications

WKJLatch HASPKITSS

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 156

Enclosure Specific Accessories – Mounting Feet

157

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Accessories

Classic Series Mounting Feet

DuraBoxx®Mounting Feet

Mounting Feet

CLMTGFTKIT

SIZE OPQ R

707 8.46 5.71 5.71 8.46

(215) (145) (145) (215)

907 10.46 5.71 7.71 8.46

(266) (145) (196) (215)

1109 12.46 7.71 9.71 10.46

(316) (196) (247) (266)

1311 14.46 9.71 11.71 12.46

(367) (247) (297) (316)

1513 16.46 11.71 13.71 14.46

(418) (297) (348) (367)

Classic Series Mounting Feet Dimensions

DuraBoxx®DL Series Optional Mounting

USED WITH MOUNTING MOUNTING MTG FOOT

MODEL NO. Q X R S X T KIT NO.

DL18127W 12.66 x 11.34 N/A DLMTGKIT

(321 x 288)

DL18168W 13.53 x 15.73 17.70 x 11.56 DLMTGKIT

(344 x 400) (450 x 294)

DL24168W 20.63 x 17.70 24.80 x 13.53 DLMTGKIT

(524 x 450) (630 x 344)

Caution: Metric units are for reference; do not convert

DuraBoxx®D Series Optional Mounting

USED WITH MOUNTING MTG FOOT

MODEL NO. Q X R KIT NO.

D554W 3.23 x 5.98 DMTGKIT

(82 x 152)

D594W 3.23 x 9.84 DMTGKIT

(82 x 250)

D774W 4.33 x 7.32 DMTGKIT

(110 x 186)

D7114W 4.33 x 11.26 DMTGKIT

(110 x 286)

D10105W 7.87 x 11.06 DMTGKIT

(200 x 281)

D10165W 7.87 x 16.77 DMTGKIT

(200 x 426)

D14144W 12.20 x 15.20 DMTGKIT

(310 x 386)

D16165W 13.98 x 16.77 DMTGKIT

(355 x 426)

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 157

158

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Trough & Strut

Fiberglass Trough & Strut FT

Fiberglass trough is a useful complement to wall mount control systems. Made from fiberglass

pultrusion, trough features permanent end caps as well as a snap lock cover that forms a

solid housing.

Trough is offered as simple protection to wiring from water, oil, dust or corrosive environments,

including greenhouses, food processing, plating rooms, pickling and printed circuit board

manufacturing. The basic offering includes a six by six structure that is available in six

common lengths.

Fiberglass trough & strut do not carry any UL or CSA ratings.

Fiberglass Trough

SIZE ID INSIDE DIMENSIONS OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS UNIT

NUMBER H X W X D H X W X D WEIGHT

FT6612 6 x 6 x 12 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 12-3/8 4.82 lbs.

(152 x 152 x 305) (162 x 168 x 314)

FT6624 6 x 6 x 24 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 24-3/8 8.61 lbs.

(152 x 152 x 610) (162 x 168 x 619)

FT6636 6 x 6 x 36 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 36-3/8 12.40 lbs.

(152 x 152 x 914) (162 x 168 x 924)

FT6648 6 x 6 x 48 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 48-3/8 16.19 lbs.

(152 x 152 x 1219) (162 x 168 x 1229)

FT6660 6 x 6 x 60 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 60-3/8 19.98 lbs.

(152 x 152 x 1524) (162 x 168 x 1534)

FT66120 6 x 6 x 120 6-3/8 x 6-5/8 x 120-3/8 40.00 lbs.

(152 x 152 x 3048) (162 x 168 x 3058)

All measures are in inches, items in parentheses are in millimeters.

Fiberglass Trough Dimensions

FT6612

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 158

Fiberglass Trough & Strut

159

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Trough & Strut

Fiberglass strut is the finishing complement to trough. Used for both mounting purposes and support, this rigid pultruded fiberglass

mounting system is designed around two configurations. This rigid support system in completely corrosion resistant.

Fiberglass Strut

SIZE ID SIZE WEIGHT

NUMBER (INCHES) PER 100' STRUT

20P2000 10' length 65.0

20P1000 10' length 52.0

Fiberglass Strut

1.63 [41.28mm]

.75

[19.05mm]

.1875 [4.76mm]

.438 [11.11mm]

1.25 [31.75mm]

.438 [11.11mm]

20P2000

1.13 [28.58mm]

1.50 [38.10mm]

.75

[19.05mm]

.125 [3.18mm]

.375 [9.52mm]

1.25 [31.75mm]

.375 [9.52mm]

20P1000

Accessories_2011_3_Accessories_2011 8/22/11 8:06 PM Page 159

160

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure Materials

The choice of material is dependent on the concentration of

various corrosives present in the application environment and

other physical properties necessary to meet the design

specifications.

To begin the selection process, one must consider the

general atmosphere as well as the corrosive agents which

can be present in an application. Defining the corroding

agents and determining the concentration can be a complex

process. Usually several corrosive elements are present and

interactions are not always well documented.

Water (and water states such as ice, snow, mist, fog, vapor)

is the most common corrosive and is usually present to some

extent in every enclosure application. Each environment is

unique and all possible corrosive agents should be identified

for the intended enclosure application.

To select the best enclosure material for an application;

chemical resistance, physical strength and economic data are

presented in several tables beginning on the next page. In

Table 1 enclosure materials are rated on a continuum from

“Recommended” to “Limited or Unacceptable” in three broad

categories of chemicals. Since the chemical resistance

categories in the table are extremely broad, some materials

may perform well in specific corrosive environments within a

general category and it is best to consult the detailed

Chemical Resistance Information provided in Table 3.

Besides the enclosure material, the corrosion resistance of

windows, gaskets, latches, etc. must also be considered.

Table 4 provides corrosion resistance information that can be

used to select the commonly used materials for these

features.

Much of the chemical resistance information in Table 3 is

based on total immersion testing in the chemical for a

minimum of 30 days at 72°F. Some fiberglass test specimens

were evaluated using procedures outlined in ASTM D 543,

Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical

Reagents. The information in these tables is intended as a

guide only. Total immersion testing is considered quite severe

and the results may not necessarily reflect the

performance under actual field conditions. The user

assumes responsibility for selection of the material based on

the characteristics of the application environment.

Specifications for Stahlin Enclosure Back Panel Construction Materials

Fiberglass (FG)

Fiber reinforced polymer made of a plastic matrix reinforced by

fine fibers made of glass. The plastic matrix is a thermosetting

plastic made of polyester.

Carbon Steel (CS)

A low carbon, rolled steel produced by passing bar stock through

a set of rolls. Stahlin CS back panels are powder coated for

appearance and protection.

Stainless Steel (SS)

Stainless steel is defined as a steel alloy with a minimum of

11% chromium content by mass. Stainless steel is used where

both the properties of steel and resistance to corrosion are

required. Stahlin hardware and SS backpanels are fabricated

utilizing 3000 series stainless steel.

Aluminum (AL)

A lightweight metal that quickly forms a natural oxide layer to

resist corrosion. Stahlin fabricates back panels from Type 3003

H14 Aluminum, the highest strength non-heat treatable aluminum

alloy recommended for marine applications.

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 160

Enclosure Materials

161

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

TABLE 2. RELATIVE MATERIAL STRENGTH AND COST

COMPARISON OF COMMONLY USED ENCLOSURE MATERIALS

RELATIVE

MATERIAL PHYSICAL RELATIVE APPLICATION TEMPERATURE

STRENGTH COST CONDITIONS LIMITATIONS

Aluminum Average Average Indoor and Outdoor, Marine, Solvents, Petrochemical None for enclosure applications

Sulfates, Nitrates and Specific Acids.

Fiberglass Average Low- Indoor and Outdoor for continuously damp and highly -40°F(C) to 250°F(121°C)

Average corrosive environments. Petrochem, Water Treatment, Stahlin

Food Processing, Coating, Salts and Chemicals, Solar. -76°F to 274°F (-60°C to 134°C)

Mild Steel: High Average Indoor and Outdoor where the respective coating None for enclosure applications.

Galvanized Low provides acceptable protection in a mildly corrosive

Painted environment.

Stainless High Average- Indoor and Outdoor in highly corrosive applications. None for enclosure applications.

Steel High Food and Dairy Processing or Marine.

Acrylic Average Low Enclosure Windows. Weatherable, Scratch Resistant. -31°F(-35°C) to 180°F(82°C)

Good resistance to Solvents.

Poly- Average Low- Enclosure Windows. Not recommended for direct -31°F(-35°C) to 248°F(120°C)

carbonate Average sunlight, exposure to organic solvents and

concentrated alkalis.

Nylon Average Low Cord Grip, Hinges, Latches. -22°F(-30°C) to 212°F(100°C)

Gaskets:

Neoprene Low Low Oil Resistance. Seams may be a problem -40°F(C) to 225°F(107°C)

Silicone Low Average Oil Resistance Temperature & Chemical Resistance. -40°F(-40°C) to 350°F(175°C)

Urethane Low Average Water and Oil Resistance, Chemical Resistance. -40°F(C) to 200°F(93°C)

CONTINUUM GENERAL CATEGORY OF CHEMICALS

OF USE Acids Alkalines Solvents

Fiberglass

Stainless Steel Fiberglass Stainless Steel

Recommended Stainless Steel Aluminum

Fiberglass Powder Coated Steel

Acceptable PC PC

PVC Galvanized Steel Galvanized Steel

Powder Coated Steel Powder Coated Steel

Limited or

Unacceptable

Aluminum PVC PC

Galvanized Steel Aluminum PVC

TABLE 1. BROAD CATEGORIES OF ENCLOSURE MATERIAL CHEMICAL RESISTANCE

➡ ➡ ➡ ➡ ➡ ➡ ➡ ➡

Detailed material strength information is beyond the scope of this catalog and should be obtained from a materials reference;

however, Table 2 provides some relative data to help with this selection.

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 161

162

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Chemical Resistance – Material

KEY:

S= Superior Resistance/Completely Unaffected under all Conditions

L= Limited Resistance, Some Chemical Attack May Occur Over Time

M= Moderate Resistance, Superficial Effects only, Testing Recommended

U= Unsatisfactory, Severe/Chemical Attack in a relatively short time

–= No Data Available

TABLE 3. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF FIBERGLASS MATERIALS AND ENCLOSURE ACCESSORIES

Fiber Steel Stainless Steel

Glass Polyester Urethane Gal- Type Type

CHEMICAL Aluminum Polyester Powder Enamel vanized 304 316 PC PVC

Acetyldehyde SU———SSUU

Acetic Acid (10%) LSUUUSUSU

Acetone SLLULSSUU

Aluminum Chloride (10%) USUUUUMSS

Aluminum Sulfate (10%) LSUUUUSSS

Ammonia Gas LS———SS——

Ammonium Chloride USUUUSSSS

Ammonium Hydroxide (10%) SLUUUSSUS

Ammonium Nitrate (10%) MSUUUSSUS

Ammonium Phosphate (10%) LMSLUSMS—

Ammonium Sulfate SS———SSSS

Aniline LU———SSUL

ASTM #1 Oil SSSSSSSL—

ASTM #3 Oil SSSSSSSL—

Axle Grease SSSSSSSL—

Benzene SS——SSSUL

Boric Acid (10%) MSUUUSSSL

Bromine ULUUUUUUU

Butyl Acetate ML———SSUU

Butyric Acid US———SSUU

Calcium Chloride (10%) LSUUULSSL

Calcium Hydroxide (10%) USUUUSSSL

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 162

Chemical Resistance – Material

163

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Fiber Steel Stainless Steel

Glass Polyester Urethane Gal- Type Type

CHEMICAL Aluminum Polyester Powder Enamel vanized 304 316 PC PVC

Calcium Hypochlorite (10%) LMUUUUMLL

Calcium Sulfate MSUUUSSSL

Carbolic Acid (25%) MLUUUSSU

Carbon Disulfide SL———SSUU

Carbon Tetrachloride SMUSSUSU

Chlorine (dry) SS———SSUU

Chlorine (water) 5-10 ppm MLSUUU—SS

Chlorobenzene SS——SSSU

Chloroform LU———SSUU

Chrome Plating Solution ULUUULLS—

Chromic Acid SS———UUUU

Citric Acid (10%) UMUUUSSSL

Copper Sulfate US———SSSS

Creosote LL———SSU—

Cutting Fluid (5 Star) 10% SSUUUSSL—

Cutting Fluid (Castrol 980 H) SSSUUSSL—

Cutting Fluid (Norton 205) USUUUSSS—

Cutting Fluid (Rustlick) 10% MSUUUSSS—

Cutting Oil (Dark) SSSSSSSS—

Diethyl Ether SS———SSUU

Ethyl Alcohol SSMUSSSMS

Ethylene Dichloride SL—————UU

Ethylene Glycol SSSSUSSSS

Ferric Chloride USUUUSUSS

Ferric Nitrate —S———SSSS

Ferric Sulfate MS———SSSS

Fluorine SU———M—LU

Formaldehyde SS———LSSL

Formic Acid USUUUMSS—

Fuel Oil (#2) SSMSSSMLS

Gasoline SM———SSUS

Glycerine SS——SSSSS

Hydraulic Brake Fluid SSUUSSSU—

Hydraulic Oil SSSSSSSLS

TABLE 3. Continued

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 163

164

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Chemical Resistance – Material

Fiber Steel Stainless Steel

Glass Polyester Urethane Gal- Type Type

CHEMICAL Aluminum Polyester Powder Enamel vanized 304 316 PC PVC

Hydrochloric Acid (10%) UMUUUUUSS

Hydrocyanic Acid SU———SSLL

Hydrofluoric Acid (20%) UUUUUUULL

Hydrogen Peroxide SM———LSSS

Hydrogen Sulfide MS———LSLL

Hypochlorus Acid US———————

Isopropyl Alcohol SSMUSSSS—

Kerosene SSSSSSSLS

Lacquer Thinner SSLUSSSUU

Lactic Acid MS———LSLL

Lime MM——————L

Liquid Dish Soap (10%) MSUUUSMSS

Lubricating Oils SS———SSS—

Magnesium Chloride (10%) LSUUUSSSL

Magnesium Hydroxide (10%) LSUUUSSSS

Mercuric Chloride (10%) UMUUUSUSL

Methyl Ethyl Ketone SL———SSUU

Methylene Chloride SSUUMSSUU

Milk SS———SSSS

Mineral Oil SS———SSSS

Mineral Spirits SSSSSSSLS

Motor Oil (10 weight) SSSSSSSSL

Nickel Salts LS———LSSS

Nitric Acid (10%) UMUUUSSLS

Nitrobenzene SL———SSUU

Oleic Acid SS———LSSL

Perchlorethylene SSSUSSSUL

Phosphoric Acid (25%) ULUUUSSSS

Phosphoric Acid (50%) UUUUUSSSS

Pickling Solution UMUUUSMS—

Potassium Carbonate (10%) USSSLSSSL

Potassium Chloride (25%) LSUUUSSSS

Potassium Hydroxide (25%) UUUUUMMUS

Potassium Nitrate (10%) USUUUSSSS

TABLE 3. Continued

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 164

Chemical Resistance – Material

165

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Fiber Steel Stainless Steel

Glass Polyester Urethane Gal- Type Type

CHEMICAL Aluminum Polyester Powder Enamel vanized 304 316 PC PVC

Potassium Sulfate (10%) LSUUUSSSL

Soap (Igepal) 10% LSSUUSSSS

Sodium Bicarbonate (10%) LSSSUSSSS

Sodium Bisulfate (10%) ULUUUSSSS

Sodium Chloride (25%) LSUUUSSSS

Sodium Hydroxide UUUUUMMUS

Sodium Hypochlorite UMUUUSMLS

Sodium Nitrate (10%) MSUUUSSSS

Sodium Phosphate (10%) LSUUUSSSS

Sulfuric Acid (25%) USUUUSSSS

Sulfurus Acid (10%) UUUUUSSSS

Tannic Acid ((10%) LSUUUMMSS

Tetrahydrofuran MLUUUSSUU

Toluene SSLUSSSUU

Trichloroethylene SU———LSUU

Trisodium Phosphate LM—————SS

Turpentine SMMULSSSU

Vegetable Oils SS———SSSS

Vinegar MS———SSSL

Water, Industrial LSLLLSSSS

Water, Rain LSSLLSSS—

Water, Sea LSUUUSSSS

Water, Tap LSSLLSSSS

Xylene SSLUSSSUU

Zinc Acetate SS———SS——

Zinc Chloride LSSUUMSML

Zinc Sulfate SS———MSSS

Sources: Robroy Industries Reagent Testing Lab, Corrosion Resistant Materials Handbook, 4th Edition, Noyes Data Corp., Raw Material Vendors

TABLE 3. Continued

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 165

166

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

TABLE 4. SPECIFIC CHEMICAL RESISTANCE INFORMATION

OTHER MATERIALS USED FOR ENCLOSURE FEATURES

Gaskets Windows

Rigid Glass Neoprene Silicone Poly-

CHEMICAL PVC Nylon Rubber Rubber Urethane Acrylic carbonate

Acetyldehyde U—S S———

Acetic Acid (10%) LUUMLSS

Acetone USUSUUU

Aluminum Chloride (10%) SUSSSSS

Aluminum Sulfate (10%) SLUSSSS

Ammonia Gas —SS S—S—

Ammonium Chloride SUSSSSS

Ammonium Hydroxide (10%) S—L L SS U

Ammonium Nitrate (10%) SUUSSSU

Ammonium Phosphate (10%) —LUSSS S

Ammonium Sulfate SUSS———

Aniline SLUU—S—

ASTM #1 Oil ——M S S S M

ASTM #3 Oil ——U L S S M

Axle Grease —— L S S S M

Benzene USUU—U—

Boric Acid (10%) LSSSSSS

Bromine UUUUUL U

Butyl Acetate USUU—U—

Butyric Acid UUU————

Calcium Chloride (10%) SUSSSSS

Calcium Hydroxide (10%) S—U S LS S

Calcium Hypochlorite (10%) SUUSUMS

Calcium Sulfate SUSSSSS

Carbolic Acid (25%) ——U U U U U

Carbon Disulfide U—U——S—

Carbon Tetrachloride LSUUUSU

Chlorine (dry) L——————

Chlorine (water) 5-10 ppm L—L SSS S

Chlorobenzene USUU—L—

Chloroform UUUU—U—

Chrome Plating Solution ——U U U S S

Chromic Acid LUUM—U—

Citric Acid (10%) SLUSUSS

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 166

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

167

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Gaskets Windows

Rigid Glass Neoprene Silicone Poly-

CHEMICAL PVC Nylon Rubber Rubber Urethane Acrylic carbonate

Copper Sulfate SLSS—U—

Creosote —UU U———

Cutting Fluid (5 Star) 10% ——U S S S M

Cutting Fluid (Castrol 980 H) —— L S S S L

Cutting Fluid (Norton 205) ——S S S S S

Cutting Fluid (Rustlick) 10% ——S S S S S

Cutting Oil (Dark) ——U S S S S

Diethyl Ether U——U—U—

Ethyl Alcohol S—L SSUM

Ethylene Dichloride U—U U—U—

Ethylene Glycol S—S S SS S

Ferric Chloride SULSLSS

Ferric Nitrate SUSM———

Ferric Sulfate SUSM———

Fluorine L——U———

Formaldehyde LUUM—S—

Formic Acid LSULLUS

Fuel Oil (#2) S—U UUS S

Gasoline SSUL—S—

Glycerine SSSS—S—

Hydraulic Brake Fluid ——U S U U U

Hydraulic Oil ——U S S S M

Hydrochloric Acid (10%) SUL LUSS

Hydrocyanic Acid S—SMM——

Hydrofluoric Acid (20%) LUUU—SM

Hydrogen Peroxide SUUM—S—

Hydrogen Sulfide S—UM———

Hypochlorus Acid ———————

Isopropyl Alcohol ——S S S S S

Kerosene S—U USS M

Lacquer Thinner —SU S LU U

Lactic Acid SLL——L—

TABLE 4. Continued

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 167

168

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

TECHNICAL

INFORMATION

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

Gaskets Windows

Rigid Glass Neoprene Silicone Poly-

CHEMICAL PVC Nylon Rubber Rubber Urethane Acrylic carbonate

Lime ——S M———

Liquid Dish Soap (10%) S—L SSS S

Lubricating Oils ——U U—S —

Magnesium Chloride (10%) SSSSSSS

Magnesium Hydroxide (10%) S—S S SS S

Mercuric Chloride (10%) L—U LUS S

Methyl Ethyl Ketone USSU—L—

Methylene Chloride —UU S UU U

Milk S—S S—S—

Mineral Oil S—L M—S—

Mineral Spirits ——U U S S M

Motor Oil (10 weight) ——U U S S S

Nickel Salts S—U S———

Nitric Acid (10%) SUUUUS L

Nitrobenzene USU————

Oleic Acid SU—U———

Perchlorethylene ——U S U U U

Phosphoric Acid (25%) SUSSUSS

Phosphoric Acid (50%) SUSSUSS

Pickling Solution —— L M M S S

Potassium Carbonate (10%) LSSSSSS

Potassium Chloride (25%) SLSSSSS

Potassium Hydroxide (25%) SSULMUU

Potassium Nitrate (10%) SLSSSSS

Potassium Sulfate (10%) SL SSSSS S

Soap (Igepal) 10% S—U S SS S

Sodium Bicarbonate (10%) SSSSSSS

Sodium Bisulfate (10%) SLSSLSS

Sodium Chloride (25%) SSSSSSS

Sodium Hydroxide SSUUMSU

Sodium Hypochlorite SUUSUSS

Sodium Nitrate (10%) SSSSSSS

TABLE 4. Continued

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 168

Chemical Resistance – Gaskets, Windows and Other

169

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

TECHNICAL

INFORMATION

Gaskets Windows

Rigid Glass Neoprene Silicone Poly-

CHEMICAL PVC Nylon Rubber Rubber Urethane Acrylic carbonate

Sodium Phosphate (10%) S—U S SS S

Sulfuric Acid (25%) SUSSUSS

Sulfurus Acid (10%) S—UU LS S

Tannic Acid ((10%) SUULUSS

Tetrahydrofuran —SU UUU U

Toluene USUUUUU

Trichloroethylene U

UUU—U—

Trisodium Phosphate S——————

Turpentine —SU L US S

Vegetable Oils S—L S—S—

Vinegar —S L S—S—

Water, Industrial S—S S SS S

Water, Rain S—S S SS S

Water, Sea S—S SSS S

Water, Tap S—S S SS S

Xylene —SUMUS U

Zinc Acetate ——— U———

Zinc Chloride SUMSUSM

Zinc Sulfate SLSS———

Sources: Robroy Industries Reagent Testing Lab, Corrosion Resistant Materials Handbook, 4th Edition, Noyes Data Corp., Raw Material Vendors

TABLE 4. Continued

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 169

170

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Non-Metallic Properties

SPECIFICATION: PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS

Table 7 provides technical data for assistance in evaluating

non-metallic enclosures and commonly used accessory

materials.

-- no test data available

K = 1000

N/A not applicable

Materials Typical Test Polyester Polyester Polyester Acrylic Dispensed Foamed Extruded

Properties Method Fiberglass Fiberglass Fiberglass Sheet for Silicone Urethane Silicone Neoprene Poly-

ASTM (SMC) Hand Lay-up Pultrusion Windows Gaskets Gaskets Gaskets Gaskets carbonate PVC

Flexural Strength (psi) D 790 17K 30K 45K 16K N/A N/A N/A N/A 15k 12.8k

Notched Izod D 256 7-22 5-30 25 0.3-0.4 N/A N/A N/A N/A 13 1.3

(ft - lb/in @ 1/8")

Impact Resistance (lb-in) UL 746C ≥216 ———N/A N/A N/A N/A –– ––

Compressive Strength (psi) D 695 20K 35K 26K 18K N/A N/A N/A N/A 12k 10.8k

Tensile Strength (psi) D 638 8K 17.5K 40K 10.5K 200 60 100 50 9.5k 7.5k

Specific Gravity D 792 1.71 1.5-2.1 1.7 1.17-1.20 1.32 0.3 0.55 1.24 1.20 1.41

Flammability UL 94 V-0 5V — V-0 94HB ————H-B, V0 V0

Heat Deflection D 648 375-500 >400 <400 205 N/A N/A N/A N/A 270 176

(°F at 264 psi)

Service Temperature -76°F to -76°F to -40°F to -31°F -40°F to -40°F to -100°F to -40°F to -20˚ to -4°F to

Range (°F) +274°F +274°F +250°F +180°F +350°F +200°F +500°F +225°F +240˚F +140°F

K Factor, Thermal 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.3 1.3 1.0 1.3 1.45 1.3 0.90

Conductivity

(BTU/hr/ft2/°F/in)

Dielectric Strength (VPM) D 149 380 380 200 500 400 330 400 400 390 544

Arc Resistance (sec) D 570 200+ 200+ 80 No Track N/A N/A N/A N/A 117 ––

Water Absorption D 570 0.10-0.25 0.05-0.5 0.05-0.5 <0.4 0.12-0.15 <2 5—0.12 <0.07

(% in 24 hr)

Hardness (Barcol- 50-70 60-80 50 105 18 Shore 8 Shore — 15-95 M70/R118 R115

Rockwell M-Shore A) Barcol Barcol Barcol Rockwell Shore

Shrinkage in/in Minimum .005 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.006 ––

Elongation (%) N/A N/A N/A N/A 850 100 400 100-800 N/A 50-150

Compression Set 24 hr N/A N/A N/A N/A <5% <2% <5% 15-60 N/A ––

@ 50%, 72°F

TABLE 7. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS

Stahlin offers no guarantee or warranty as to the applicability of this chart on a particular situation as the actual conditions of

use on our enclosures are beyond our control.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 170

Non-Metallic Properties

171

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Enclosure Weight Load Capacity

Large control enclosures 20" x 16" and above can support

200 lbs. of equipment on the back panel. Smaller-junction

enclosures 18" x 16" and below should be limited to 75 lbs.

Listed values assume the enclosure is vertically mounted

against a reasonably flat surface and are based on a

minimum safety factor of two.

Sunlight (UV) Resistance

In time sunlight may roughen the fiberglass enclosure

surface, but its electrical and mechanical properties

remain unaffected. Surface roughening caused by UV

exposure is a common phenomenon encountered with

virtually all fiberglass products, but it only affects surface

appearance. Tests have confirmed the effect on polyester

fiberglass is only 40 to 80 microns (0.0015"-.003") in depth.

If appearance is a concern, an outdoor acrylic paint (clear or

pigmented) will provide protection for many years. Most

acrylic paints in ordinary spray cans work well.

Stahlin fiberglass enclosures are molded using a patented

material formulation (SolarGuard®) which can provide up to

60% more UV resistance.

Flammability Test Methods

UL94-HB

Test is run with bars 1/2 of an inch wide and five inches

long. These are held horizontally and exposed to a flame

3/4 of an inch high. Ignition is forced until one inch of

sample has burned, the flame removed and the burning rate

is measured. To pass UL94-HB a sample over 1/8 of an

inch thick must burn slower than 1-1/2 inches per minute,

and a sample 1/8 of an inch thick or less must not burn

faster than 3 inches per minute.

UL94-V0

Test is run with bars 1/2 of an inch wide and five inches

long, held vertically with a flame size of 3/4 of an inch high.

Each sample is ignited for ten seconds, the flame allowed to

go out and ignited for a second time of ten seconds. To pass

UL94-V0 the flame must be out in ten seconds or less, no

glow beyond thirty seconds and no burning material can fall.

UL94-5V

This is a newer and tougher version of UL94 V test. The

sample size remains the same, but the flame size increases

to five inches from 3/4 of an inch and number of ignitions

increases from two to five, but the duration is decreased

from ten to five seconds. To pass UL94-5VA the flame must

be out in sixty seconds or less, no burning material can fall

and the flame cannot penetrate through the test sample.

Drilling, Sawing, Cutting and Punching

Installers find fiberglass easy to cut or drill. Ordinary drills,

hacksaws, hole saws and punches cut through fiberglass

with little effort. In large installations requiring many holes,

glass abrasion may cause tools to become dull over time.

Carbide tip tools work best for such applications.

Impact Resistance

Stahlin fiberglass enclosures are quite resistant to damage

caused by falling tools or flying debris. When tested in

accordance with UL Standard 746C, Section 24, these

fiberglass enclosures withstood an impact in excess of 216

pound-inches. The test was performed by dropping a 2"

diameter solid steel ball on various areas of the enclosure

from a height of 15 ft. The impact force from such a test is

comparable to dropping a large wrench from 3 or 4 ft. The

durability results from randomly oriented glass reinforcing

fibers incorporated in all designs.

Integrity of the enclosure was not compromised

STAHLIN FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURE

IMPACT TEST

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 171

172

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure Security

Safety

Enclosures may contain the controls or elements of a control

system which are crucial to the safety of many people.

Control enclosures in large chemical plants, electrical

generating facilities, airports, mass transit systems or

hospitals can house equipment critical to the well being of

numerous individuals. In these and many other applications,

rigorous security requirements are designed to protect the

public and prevent unauthorized or accidental operation of

control equipment.

Location

If the enclosure will be installed in a fenced area, within a

building or in other secure areas, the security requirements

will be affected. The selection of latches and hinges can be

influenced by the location of adjacent equipment or other

enclosures.

Appearance

Enclosure appearance can be influenced by both hinges and

latches. Some enclosures are designed with hidden hinges

and quarter turn latches to make these features less

prominent.

Hinges & Latches

Access frequency – daily or annually can be an important

factor in specifying the type of latches. Will the location or

any specifications require a tool for opening, will it require a

padlock are other considerations for latches. In many cases

when the enclosure is selected the hinge type is

automatically selected because the hinge is an integral part

of the enclosure. For some enclosures it is possible to select

the hinge or hinge less options available.

Monetary Loss

In some applications the monetary value of the equipment in

an enclosure may be sufficient to justify additional security

costs. In most applications, the economic consequences of

unauthorized or accidental operation of a control system will

be more significant than the value of the equipment.

Myth: It is much easier for vandals to get into a non-metallic

enclosure vs. a metal enclosure.

Truth: An individual can simply break the lock, NOT the box,

no matter the material. Various hinge and latch combinations

are available to secure the contents of an enclosure.

Although the security requirements will be unique for each

application, the selection process should include at least the

following considerations.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:07 PM Page 172

Enclosure Temperature Control

173

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Overview

Electrical and electronic components are continually being

reduced in size allowing designers to place more equipment

in a smaller space. This concentration of equipment

generates higher internal temperatures and makes heat

dissipation very important. Overheating causes electrical

insulation to deteriorate and shortens the life of electrical

and electronic components. As a rule of thumb, for every

18°F (10°C) above room temperature (72°F or 22°C) an

electronic device operates, its life expectancy is reduced by 50%

Enclosure Materials

The following information applies to gasketed and

unventilated enclosures. Exterior surface finishes

significantly influence temperature rise. Fiberglass and

painted steel enclosures dissipate heat better than

unfinished aluminum or stainless steel enclosures because

the fiberglass and painted steel surfaces are more efficient

thermal radiators than the unfinished surfaces. In outdoor

applications light colored enclosures such as white have a

high reflectance which minimizes solar heat gain compared

to dark colored enclosures.

Enclosure Surface Area

The total surface area of the enclosure directly influences

heat dissipation. The larger the total surface area the lower

the temperature rise will be.

To calculate the total internal surface area in sqft use the

following equation:

Surface Area = 2[(AxB)+(A*C)+(BxC)] / 144 where the

specific enclosure inside dimensions are A x B x C.

This equation uses all six (6) sides of an enclosure. If any

particular side is not available for transferring heat (example

the back is mounted against a cement wall) that surface

area should be subtracted from the total surface area

available.

Also note, enclosure volume cannot be substituted for

enclosure area.

Enclosure Heat Input

The heat generated in an enclosure varies and depends on

the equipment mounted in the enclosure and the

application. In order to calculate Temperature Rise, this

heat input or power input must be known. This information

can be obtained from the component manufacturers of

components to be installed in the the enclosure.

Enclosure Temperature Rise (⌬T)

Enclosure temperature rise is the temperature difference

between the air inside a non-ventilated or cooled enclosure

and the ambient air outside the enclosure. The enclosure

temperature rise is independent of the ambient temperature;

it is dependent on the heat generated within the enclosure

and the actions taken to dissipate that heat. To establish the

maximum service temperature, the temperature rise value

from the graph in Figure 1, must be added to the maximum

ambient temperature surrounding the enclosure.

Example:

Max ambient T = 130°F

Internal Heat Load = 15 watts/sqft or 50°F estimated

from Figure 1

Calculated Maximum Service Temperature =

(130°F + 50°F) = 180°F

Figure 1. Internal Temperature Rise vs. Heat Load

The temperature graph was developed through empirical

testing using several enclosures of various sizes. The

temperatures represent an average of one temperature

measurement near the bottom of the enclosure and a second

measurement near the top. Electric heaters mounted

equidistant from the internal surfaces of the enclosure were

used as the heat source. Because hot air rises, a significant

temperature gradient occurred from top to bottom. Typical of

an actual installation, the top was much hotter than the bottom.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 173

174

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure Temperature Control

Influences of Heat Transfer

Convection and thermal radiation are used most often to

dissipate heat from enclosures. Because fiberglass is used

as a thermal insulator, a common misconception exists that

fiberglass enclosures operate at significantly higher

temperatures than metal enclosures. To the contrary,

performance data reflect that enclosure material has little

influence on the operating temperature and confirm that

non-metallic and painted metallic enclosure function at

nearly the same temperature with the same internal heat

load. Based on these observations material thermal

conductivity is not a major factor in determining heat transfer

for an enclosure.

Even though the thermal conductivity of the composite

plastic is much less than aluminum or steel, the heat

transfer characteristic of fiberglass and metal enclosures are

similar. Other factors such as the high thermal insulation of

air contained within the enclosure along with the finish, color

and total surface area of the enclosure have more influence

on heat transfer than thermal conductivity. In general the

finish and color of an enclosure most affect the heat transfer

capability, In-door and in out-door applications.

Thermal conductivity is commonly measured in

BTU/hr/ft2/°F/in, the K Value. K units represent the quantity

of heat, which can pass through one square foot of

material in one hour for every °F in temperature difference

across one inch of material thickness. Larger K values

indicate better heat conductivity. The K value for fiberglass

is 1.68; the K value for steel is 334; and the K value for

aluminum is 1050.

The heat transfer factor (Q) is measured in BTU/hr/ft2/°F or

watts/ft2/°F. For the analysis in this section the Q value used

for steel enclosures is 1.25 BTU/hr/ ft2/°F (0.37 watts/ft2/°F);

for fiberglass enclosures the Q value is 0.62 BTU/hr/ft2/°F

(0.2 watts/ft2/°F). The Q value for sheet metal enclosures

will vary between 1 BTU/hr/ft2/°F (0.29 watts/ft2/°F) and 5

BTU/hr/ft2/°F (1.46 watts/ft2/°F), depending on the amount of

enclosure insulation.

Fiberglass Enclosures

Internal Internal Internal

Cat. No. Area Sq. Ft. Cat. No. Area Sq. Ft. Cat. No. Area Sq. Ft.

N16107 5.37 N30247 17.08 J1407 3.27

N20166 7.98 N302410 19.53 J1412 4.24

N20168 8.98 N302412 20.95 J1614 5.36

N201610 9.97 N302414 22.50 J1816 7.77

N201612 10.98 N302416 24.06 J2016 9.39

N201616 12.82 N36308 24.82 CL707 1.51

N24126 8.04 N363012 28.60 CL907 1.81

N241210 10.09 N363016 32.41 CL1109 2.82

N242410 15.72 N483612 39.87 CL1311 3.89

N30208 14.78 N483616 44.57 CL1513 5.11

N302010 16.17 J606 1.16 C2016 8.98

N302012 17.56 J806 1.45 C2412 10.09

N302014 18.95 J1008 2.01 C2424 15.72

J1210 3.09 C3024 19.53

C3630 26.71

Table 1. Approximate Enclosure Internal

Surface Areas for Popular Enclosure Sizes

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 174

Enclosure Temperature Control

175

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Air as an Insulator

If metals have much better thermal conductivity, why does

equipment in a fiberglass enclosure operate at nearly the

same temperature as in metal enclosures? The air confined

within the enclosure has a K value of 0.017, almost 100 times

less than fiberglass. The thermal resistance of the air and

the enclosure wall material are in series and must be added.

Because air is a superior thermal insulator compared to

either fiberglass or steel, it is a predominant factor in

establishing heat dissipation. This helps explain why

equipment operates at the same temperature regardless of

which enclosure material is used and also why environmental

control systems heat or cool the air to control the internal

temperature.

Surface Area as a Factor

Another factor, which directly influences heat dissipation, is

surface area. If the enclosure surface area is doubled with a

given internal heating load, the temperature rise will only be

half as great. It is important to remember that surface area is

not necessarily related to enclosure volume, i.e., an

enclosure having twice the surface area does not always

have twice the volume.

Other Related Issues

Certain applications may require the walls of an enclosure to

act as a heat sink. For example, it is not uncommon to locate

a high power semiconductor on the wall of a metal enclosure

to dissipate heat. Fiberglass will not perform this function

efficiently because the compression-molded walls have

negligible thermal conductivity. In this application conduction

is used to dissipate the heat and a fiberglass enclosure will

not function the same as a metal enclosure.

Calculating Temperature Rise

Enclosure temperature rise can be approximated using the

following steps and calclulations:

1. Calculate the internal surface area

a. (some common enclosure sizes and areas are already

calculated and can be found in Table 1.

b. Using the Enclosure Surface Area formula on page 173

2. Determine the Input Power by dividing the expected heat

load by the internal surface area

3. Then using Figure 1, estimate the temperature rise by

finding where the Internal Heat Load value intersects the

line and reading the approximate temperature rise on the

left vertical axis of the graph.

Note these are approximations, safety factors should be

considered to minimize uncertainties.

Example

A J1816 enclosure contains a device that generates 120

watts, calculate the internal temperature rise.

Solution

1. Surface Area = 7.77sqft from Table 1 (alternate method for

any size use calculation on page 357 for Internal Surface

Area)

2. Internal Heat Load = 120 watts / 7.77 sqft = 15.44

Watts/sqft

3. Using Figure 1, Input Power of 15.44 intersects the

diagonal line corresponds to a temperature rise of 51`F

above ambient.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 175

176

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure Temperature Control

Additional Cooling Methods

When it has been determined that the heat load is too large

for an enclosure to dissipate by radiation and convection,

the following supplemental cooling methods are available:

Breather Vents and Louver Vents

Breather Vents and Louver Vents are designed to remove

heat from the enclosure by allowing natural air circulation

around the heat source and ex-hausting the hot air through

slots or louvers. This method is relatively inexpensive and

has no operating cost; however, it can only be used to

dissipate a limited amount of heat and it is difficult to predict

the temperature drop produced by a vent utilizing natural

convection.

Circulating Fans

In larger sealed enclosures a fan can be used to circulate

the air and reduce localized heat concentrations; however,

the applications are limited because a closed system fan

only redistributes heat, it does not dissipate the heat

generated by the hot spot.

Where an enclosure does not need to be sealed from the

outside environment, fans can be used to circulate air

through an enclosure and dissipate the heat generated by

power supplies, transformers and other heat producing

equipment. Fans can provide as much as 10 times the heat

transfer rate of natural convection a radiation. Once the

heat input in watts/ft2 is determined and temperature rise is

established from Figure 1, the following equation can be

used to calculate the fan flow rate:

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 3.17 x Internal Heat Load

(watts)/Temperature Rise

Example

Equipment in an N363012 enclosure generates sufficient

heat to require a fan, which will dissipate 300 watts. The

maximum ambient temperature in the application

environment is 115°F. If the temperature of the other

contents in the enclosure cannot exceed 125°F, what size is

required?

The allowable temperature rise is 125°F - 115°F = 10°F.

The application requires dissipation of 300 watts.

Solution

To determine the cubic feet per minute (CFM) required in a

standard application, use the following equation (if the air

density is significantly more that 0.075 lb. per cubic foot, a

non-standard application exists and this equation should not

be used):

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 3.17 x 300 watts/10°F

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 95 CFM

This calculation is exact, but adding an additional 25%

capacity to the CFM level is standard to provide a safety

factor.

1.25 x Fan Flow Rate (CFM) = 1.25 x 95 CFM = 119 CFM

If the air density is non-standard (significantly more than

1.075 lb. per cubic foot), the following equation can be used

to calculate the fan capacity:

Fan Flow Rate (CFM) x 0.075 lb. per cubic foot /

Non-standard Air Density (lb. per cubic foot)

Fans can be used to draw air through an enclosure insert,

exhaust hot air from an enclosure or to draw cool air into an

enclosure. An inlet fan offers the following advantages:

• Raises the internal pressure, which helps keep dust and

dirt out of an unsealed or frequently open enclosure.

• More turbulent airflow improves heat transfer.

• Longer fan life with cooler incoming air.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 176

Enclosure Temperature Control

177

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

The following considerations are important in locating a fan:

• Avoid placing transformers, power supplies or other heat

generating devices in front of the fan. Although this cools

the device, it increases the heat load on other devices

within the enclosure. It is best to place these devices near

the exhaust outlet.

• To achieve maximum cooling, the inlet and outlet should be

separated by the maximum distance. If the outlet and inlet

are adjacent to each other, the hot outlet air will be drawn

into the inlet and cooling efficiency will be reduced. In

general the inlet should be at the bottom of the enclosure

and the outlet at the top.

• Fans should not be used or located in areas where the

airflow is restricted. A plenum is recommended to

accelerate air velocity and improve fan performance. A

plenum is particularly helpful when a filter is used where

airborne contaminants are a problem.

• The air outlet area should at least equal the inlet area. For

best results the exhaust opening should be 1.5 times the

area of the fan opening.

• Air is less dense at high altitudes. For this reason airflow

should be increased in high altitude applications.

• All fans used in parallel should be identical.

Heat Exchangers - Cooling

Heat exchangers are a good option when precise control of

heat and humidity are not required and the heat transfer

requirements are significant. The required heat exchanger

capacity can be calculated using the formula,

Heat Exchanger Internal Heat Load/⌬T + 0.22 x

Capacity (watts/°F) =Enclosure Surface Area,

Where ⌬T = Temperature Rise.

Example

If the internal heat load is 1000 watts in an N603616

Fiberglass enclosure, what is the minimum cooling capacity

for the heat exchanger unit? The Maximum ambient

temperature is 130°F and the internal equipment will

malfunction if the internal enclosure temperature exceeds

105°F.

Solution

Internal Heat Load = 1000 watts

Maximum Temperature Differential = Ti- To=105°F-

130°F = -25°F = [25°F ], use Absolute Value.

Enclosure Surface Area = 53.49 ft2

Heat Exchanger Capacity =

1000 watts/(25°F) - 0.22 x 53.49 ft2= 28.23 watts/°F

In this example the surface area acts to cool the enclosure

and is subtracted, the Absolute Temperature Value is used

because this is a temperature difference.

Air Conditioning-Cooling

Air conditioning will be required in high ambient temperature

locations where precise temperature control and humidity

reductions are required in a sealed enclosure. Air conditioning

can also be required where neither convection, thermal

radiation, louvers, slots nor a circulating fan system provide

adequate cooling. Because air conditioners remove moisture

from the enclosure, a condensate drain is generally required.

The four-step process to size and select the air conditioner is

influenced by the internal heat load, enclosure size and the

application environment. The following information is

required:

Step 1. Determine the Internal Heat Load

Heat generated by all sources within the enclosure shall be

added together to establish the internal heat load in watts.

The heat load in watts may be multiplied by 3.413 to convert

to BTU/hr.

Internal Heat Load =________________ watts X 3.413

=_______________ BTU/hr.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 177

178

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure Temperature Control

Step 2. Calculate the Surface Area of the Enclosure

For an enclosure size not shown in Table 1, the surface area

can be calculated by using this formula.

SURFACE AREA = [2(AxB)+2(AxC)+2(BxC)]/144 IN2=

AREA IN SQUARE FEET

If the enclosure is mounted on a wall or against another

enclosure, the surface area calculation may be modified as

identified in

Table 2.

Step 3. Establish the Temperature Differential

The temperature differential (⌬T) is calculated by

subtracting the maximum allowable temperature inside the

enclosure (Ti) from the maximum ambient temperature

outside the enclosure (To).

To- Ti= ⌬T = _______°F

Step 4. Calculating the Required

Air Conditioning Capacity

The values determined in the first three steps are used to

calculate the required capacity of the air conditioner

according to the following formula,

Cooling Capacity (BTU/hr) = Surface Area x ⌬T x Q +

Internal Heat Load, where Q = 0.62 BTU/hr/ft2/°F

(0.2 watts/hr/ft2/°F) for fiberglass enclosures.

Example

If the internal heat load is 500 watts in an N20168

fiberglass enclosure, which is wall mounted, what is the

cooling capacity required for the air conditioning unit? The

maximum ambient temperature is 125°F and the internal

equipment will malfunction if the internal enclosure

temperature exceeds 110°F.

Step 1: Internal Heat Load = 500 watts = 3.413 x 500 watts

= 1707 BTU/hr

Step 2: From Table 1, Total Surface Area = 8.98 ft°

Step 3: Temperature Difference:

T = To- Ti= 125°F - 110°F = 15°F

Step 4: Air Conditioner Capacity

8.98 ft2x 15°F x 0.62 BTU/hr/fr2/°F + 1707 BTU/hr

= 1790.5 BTU/hr

8.98 ft2x 15°F x 0.2 watts/ft2+500 watts

= 526.9 watts

Air Conditioning - Heating

Some enclosure systems have minimum as well as

maximum operating temperature limitations. When the

equipment in an enclosure must be maintained above a

minimum temperature at low ambience, these same

equations can be modified and used to calculate the

supplemental heat required to select and size the heaters.

The only differences are that the internal heat load will help

heat the enclosure and the temperature difference, ⌬T, is

calculated by subtracting the minimum ambient temperature

(To) outside the enclosure from the required temperature (Ti)

inside the enclosure. The minimum supplementary heat can

be calculated according to one of the following equations:

⌬T = To- Ti

Supplementary Heat = [Surface Area x ( ⌬T - 1)] /4.1

or = Surface Area x ⌬T x Q

where Q = 0.2 watts/ft2°F

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 178

Enclosure Temperature Control

179

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Example

If the internal heat load in 100 watts in an N20168 Fiberglass

enclosure, which is wall mounted, what is the minimum

heating capacity for the heating elements? The minimum

ambient temperature is 0°F and the internal equipment will

malfunction if the internal enclosure temperature drops below

40°F.

⌬T = To- Ti= 40°F -0°F = 40°F

Supplementary

Heat = [8.98 ft2x (40°F -1)] /4.1 = 85.4 watts

- or -

8.98 ft2x 40°F x 0.2 watts/ft2°F = 71.84 watts

Two Commonly used, but different, equations shown above

have been used to show the effect of using different heat

transfer values.

In addition to heating, supplementary heaters are often used

in enclosures to keep the internal enclosure ambient

temperature a few degrees above the ambient temperature to

prevent condensation on internal equipment.

Enclosure Configuration Position Formula for Surface Area Surface Area of N20168

Single Enclosure, Free Standing ■[2(AxB) + 2(AxC) + 2(BxC)]/144 8.98 ft2

Single Enclosure, Free Standing* ■[1.8(AxB) + 1.8(AxC) + 1.4(BxC)]/144 7.66 ft2

Single Enclosure, Against a Wall [1.4(BxA) + 1.4(BxC) + 1.8(CxA)]/144 6.78 ft2

■

Side by Side Enclosures; First or ■ ■ ■ [1.4(CxA) + 1.4(BxC) + 1.8(BxA)]/144 7.16 ft2

Last Enclosure in Bank of Enclosures

Side by Side Enclosures; First or [1.4(AxB) + 1.4(AxC) + 1.4(BxC)]/144 6.28 ft2

Last Enclosure in Bank of Enclosures ■ ■ ■

Against Wall

Side by Side Enclosures Not at ■■■[1.8(AxB) + 1.4(BxC) + (AxC)]/144 6.65 ft2

the End of Enclosure Bank

Side by Side Enclosures within [1.4(AxB) + 1.4(BxC) + (AxC)]/144 5.77 ft2

an Enclosure Bank, Bank Against a Wall ■■ ■

Side by Side Enclosures within an [1.4(BxA) + 0.7(BxC) + (CxA)]/144 5.05 ft2

Enclosure Bank, Bank Against a Wall ■■ ■ ■

& Roof Above

*Depending on the enclosure design, the complete surface area may not be exposed for cooling.

This formula and the remaining ones are conservative and account for such differences.

TABLE 2. CALCULATION OF ENCLOSURE SURFACE AREA DEPENDING ON LOCATION

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 179

180

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure EMI/RFI Shielding

The requirements and standards for enclosure electromagnetic

compatibility are continually increasing with the proliferation of

electronics for industrial process control, information processing,

and communication equipment. In the United States the Federal

Communications Commission establishes the requirements and

regulates the amount of electromagnetic interference, (EMI).

Since January 1, 1996 the European Union (EU) has enforced

legislation, Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive

89/336/EEC, which regulates the amount of EMI and Radio

Frequency Interference (RFI) that products can emit or must repel

to function acceptably.

While the enclosure itself is not covered by these requirements,

once the electronic equipment is installed within the enclosure,

the package must comply with applicable EMI/RFI directives.

Shielding and electromagnetic compatibility are highly specialized

with their own terminology. The following definitions will help to

specify EMI/RFI compatibility and select enclosures if the

acronyms and technology are unfamiliar:

Attenuation A measure of the ability to contain or repel EMI/RFI

energy. It can also be called shielding effectiveness and is usually

expressed in decibels (dB).

Decibel (dB) Unit to express the effectiveness of a material or

system in reducing electromagnetic interference. If a shielded

enclosure reduces the EMI by 30 dB, the power of the interfering

wave will be reduced by a factor of 1000 in passing through the

enclosure. If the EMI reduction is 40 dB, the power is reduced by

a factor of 10,000. The equation for calculating attenuation in

decibels is dB = 10 log10 (P1/P2) where P1 = power of the

interference wave before it passes through the enclosure, P2 =

power of the wave after it has been reduced (attenuated) by the

enclosure.

Electromagnetic Emission Electrical energy radiated into the

environment intentionally by an antenna or incidentally by an

electronic component or power equipment during a switching

operation.

Electromagnetic Field Invisible fields which surround energized

conductors such as wires and antennas. A field has both electric

and magnetic components.

Electromagnetic Immunity The capability of an electronic

component or electrical equipment to perform its intended

function in the presence of external electromagnetic fields.

EMI (ElectroMagnetic Interference) Randomly radiated electrical

energy which can emanate from high voltage equipment or power

lines, welding equipment, switches, relays, spark plugs, or any

device that generates an electric spark or corona. The random

voltages or currents generated by these sources are coupled to

electronic systems with undesirable results. EMI waves are not

well ordered, vary widely in intensity, and cause interference over

a wide frequency range. The sun is a natural generator of EMI.

EMC (ElectroMagnetic Compatibility) The ability of electronic

equipment to perform its intended function in the presence of EMI

and RFI disturbances without affecting proper operation.

EMP (ElectroMagnetic Pulse) Interference caused by a large and

sudden electrical discharge such as lightning. EMP is short in

duration but can radiate intense power. Like EMI, EMP is not well

ordered and causes interference over a wide range of

frequencies.

Ohms per Square A measurement unit for electrical continuity

of the metal coating applied internally to fiberglass enclosures for

EMI/RFI shielding. Although the coating thickness influences

shielding to some extent, the electrical continuity is much more

important. The conductive coating on Stahlin Enclosures typically

measures less than 2 ohms per square. The surface resistance

(or conductivity) measurement is without units because the

surface area does not influence the reading, i.e., measurements

taken on a large sheet of conductive material will yield the same

result over 1sq in, 1 sq. ft, 1 sq. yd., or 1 sq. meter.

RFI (Radio Frequency Interference) Interference caused by radio

waves which emanate from commercial radio and television

stations, amateur radio broadcasts, radar, microwave ovens, etc.

Radio waves are usually well defined in terms of amplitude and

frequency.

Military specification, MIL-STD-285, is used to test the shielding

effectiveness of Stahlin Enclosures. The procedure involves

placing a transmitting antenna within the enclosure and a

receiving antenna outside the enclosure. Measurements are then

made alternately with the enclosure door/cover open and closed.

The difference between the open and closed measurements

expressed in dB is the shielding effectiveness. Measurements

are usually made at 10 frequency points ranging from 0.01 to

1000 MHz.

Depending on the enclosure design and frequency of the

EMI/RFI, the attenuation of a standard Stahlin non-metallic

enclosure without modification will vary between 0 and 20 dB.

Fiberglass enclosures interior surfaces can be coated with a

highly conductive nickel coating that provides excellent EMI/RFI

shielding. The coating has been tested by an independent test

laboratory and provides an average attenuation of 60 dB over the

frequency range from 0.01 to 10000 MHz.

The fiberglass coating description and properties are provided in

the following table:

Shielding Material Nickel

Binder Acrylic

Pencil Hardness > 9 H

Sheet Resistance < 2.5 Ohm/Square

Attenuation 60 - 65 dB

COATING DESCRIPTION AND PROPERTIES

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 180

Enclosure Installation Considerations

181

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Table 3 – Strength Characteristics

Bolt 18-8 Brass Silicon Aluminum 316 Monel Nylon*

Size SS Bronze 2024-T4 SS

In. Lbs. In. Lbs. In. Lbs. In. Lbs. In. Lbs. In. Lbs. In. Lbs.

2-56 2.5 2.0 2.3 1.4 2.6 2.5 .44

2-64 3.0 2.5 8.0 1.7 3.2 3.1

3-48 3.9 3.2 3.6 2.1 4.0 4.0

3-56 4.4 3.6 4.1 2.4 4.6 4.5

4-40 5.2 4.3 4.8 2.9 5.5 5.3 1.19

4-48 6.6 5.4 6.1 3.6 6.9 6.7

5-40 7.7 6.3 7.1 4.2 8.1 7.8

5-44 9.4 7.7 8.7 5.1 9.8 9.6

6-32 9.6 7.9 8.9 5.3 10.1 9.8 2.14

6-40 12.1 9.9 11.2 6.6 12.7 12.3

8-32 19.8 16.2 18.4 10.8 20.7 20.2 4.3

8-36 22.0 18.0 20.4 12.0 23.0 22.4

10-24 22.8 18.6 21.2 13.8 23.8 25.9 6.61

10-32 31.7 25.9 29.3 19.2 33.1 34.9 8.2

1/4"-20 75.2 61.5 68.8 45.6 78.8 85.3 16.0

1/4"-28 94.0 77.0 87.0 57.0 99.0 106.0 20.8

5/16"-18 132 107 123 80 138 149 34.9

5/16"-24 142 116 131 86 147 160

3/8"-16 236 192 219 143 247 266

3/8"-24 259 212 240 157 271 294

7/16"-14 376 317 349 228 393 427

7/16"-20 400 327 371 242 418 451

1/2"-13 517 422 480 313 542 584

1/2"-20 541 443 502 328 565 613

9/16"-12 682 558 632 413 713 774

9/16"-18 752 615 397 456 787 855

5/8"-11 1110 907 1030 715 1160 1330

5/8"-18 1244 1016 1154 798 1301 1482

3/4"-10 1530 1249 1416 980 1582 1832

3/4"-16 1490 1220 1382 958 1558 1790

7/8"-9 2328 1905 2140 1495 2430 2775

7/8"-14 2318 1895 2130 1490 2420 2755

1"-8 3440 2815 3185 2205 3595 4130

1"-14 3110 2545 2885 1995 3250 3730

Ft. -Lbs. Ft. -Lbs. Ft. -Lbs. Ft. -Lbs. Ft. -Lbs. Ft. -Lbs.

1-1/8"-7 413 337 383 265 432 499

1-1/8"-12 390 318 361 251 408 470

1-1/4"-7 523 428 485 336 546 627

1-1/4"-12 480 394 447 308 504 575

1-1/2"-6 888 727 822 570 930 1064

1-1/2"-12 703 575 651 450 732 840

*Nylon figures are breading torque, all others represent safe working torque.

The 3/8" diameter and under metal products were roll-threaded and, where size range permitted, were made on

automatic bolt making equipment.

What is Torque?

Torque is the tendency of a force to

rotate an object about an axis. Just

as a force is a push or pull, a torque

can be thought of as a twist.

Loosely speaking, torque is a

measure of the turning force on an

object such as a bolt. The unit of

measure is generally expressed in

foot pounds or inch pounds

The formula for torque is:

␶= r x F

where:

␶is the torque

r = the length of the lever arm

F = the force

Properly fastened threaded

products achieve their holding

power from the tension (or torque)

that is derived from the mating of

the external and internal threads

subject to the elastic limit of the

material.

What torque to apply is a generally

asked question, but the answer

depends on the variables of

material, threads' class of fit,

method of thread manufacture, and

thread lubrication - if any.

Table 3 is offered as the suggested

maximum torque values for

threaded products. The table is only

a guide. Actual tests were

conducted on dry, or near dry,

products. Mating parts were wiped

clean.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 181

182

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Technical Information

Enclosure Installation Considerations - Torque Cont. • Cutting & Drilling

Methods For Making Holes And Cutouts In Non-Metallic Enclosures

Drilling of composite fiberglass material has been difficult and, for some, a mystery. The ability to accurately drill holes in

composite fiberglass material has been the subject matter of numerous articles and how to demonstrations. There are several

types of machining operations that can be performed on composites such as turning, drilling, routing, trimming, sanding, and

milling. Most of these operations are similar to metal removal techniques but there are some differences that need to be

addressed in order to make clean, high quality holes and cutouts in composites.

Delaminating of the outer surface and glass fibers directly below the surface are the main failure modes noticed when holes or

cutouts are drilled or cutout improperly. Most times excessive edge chipping around the perimeter of the cutout or hole is due to

improper tools used and methods applied. Other times excessive fiber pulls or attached fibers not sheared off during the cutting

or turning process can also cause delamination failure from the tearing action during material removal. Improper tools used

and/or methods are also a culprit of this failure mode. All these can lead to downstream assembly problems, functionality

problems, and become aesthetically unappealing if taken to the extreme.

The most common source of failure mode

when making holes in an enclosure is a

dull cutting tool. Dull tools tend to rip or

tear the material rather than cutting or

shearing the material and glass fibers.

The main culprit for tools becoming dull is

glass fibers embedded in the material.

These glass fibers are very abrasive and

can cause a tool to become dull very

quickly. A little planning and understanding

of the proper methods to machining

composites up front can make all the

difference in the final outcome of the

operation.

Figure A shows delamination of the

surface of the part at the drill entrance.

Figure B shows similar delamination just prior to drill exit.

(Continued on the following pages)

Torque Formula Illustrations

␶= r x F

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 182

Cutting & Drilling Continued

183

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

1. Hole Saw. The easiest and least complex method

to provide an opening in a composite enclosure is to

use a fine-toothed hole saw. You must first layout the

size and location of the cutout, pre-drill a small hole in

the center within the cutout area for the hole saw to

start, and then carefully cut out the area to be

removed. This is more time consuming and the least

accurate method but can be accomplished in almost

any environment. Keeping the saw perpendicular to

the cutting surface, maintaining a consistent sawing

action, and using a diamond/carbide impregnated saw

or fine toothed saw will provide the highest quality cutout with minimal edge chipping.

2. Drilling, Boring. Putting round holes in

enclosure walls or thru the enclosure door is the

most common type of cutout. A recommended tool

would be a carbide tipped or PCD diamond tipped

hole saw or twist drill bit that will maintain a sharp

cutting edge. HSS tools will also work but they will

become dull very quickly resulting in excessive edge

chipping and a poor looking hole. We also

recommend using high RPM's and low feed rates

when using drills. This reduces the chipping around

the cutout. The single most important factor though

is keeping a very sharp tool.

Using a drill with a positive rake angle and thin points or split points can help reduce cutting pressure and thus delamination at both entrance

and exit. Feed rates must also be constant and may even be reduced upon exiting from a hole to reduce flexing of the part when the drill exits.

Using a solid back surface to support the part when drilling can also aid in reducing delamination and chipping.

3. Routing. A third method is to use a router bit and router. This method

produces very clean holes and cutouts but also requires the holes and cutouts

to be manually laid out beforehand and a steady hand to stay within the layout

lines. The use of a jig or fixture to help guide the handheld router or the use of

CNC machining centers is helpful to keep straight edges and clean cutouts.

The use of diamond impregnated router bits is preferred for longevity but

carbide bits will work just as well.

4. Punching. A fourth method is to use a standard hole

punch similar to what you would use with metal boxes. This

produces a good clean hole but can leave chipped edges if the

punch is dull. Again maintaining sharp tools is essential to

producing clean cutouts. A pilot hole is required before using a

standard hole punch. Manual or hydraulic punch actuators can

both be used with composite materials.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 183

184

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

A non-haloginated fiberglass system that beats

the effects of outdoor exposure plus provides the

chemical and flame resistance you’ve come to expect

from Stahlin Fiberglass Enclosures!

SolarGuard™, in extensive comparison

testing, outperformed other available SMC

formulations by as much as 60% in its ability to

retain gloss and color after exposure to

concentrated UV light.

SolarGuard™ maintained stability in thickness

proving that its physical properties remain very

much intact despite EMMAQUA testing that

concentrates natural sunlight using 10 highly

reflective mirrors to create an intensity level of

approximately 8 suns!

SolarGuard™ meets a NFPA No. 101 Class A

flame spread index. Fire retardancy, achieved

through use of alumina trihydrate fillers, meets

UL 94 5V standards.

SolarGuard™ is a non-haloginated

system...meaning that it contains no bromine and

no antimony, thereby reducing the risk of smoke-

borne toxicity.

SolarGuard™ requires less maintenance than

paint, wax or gel-coat alternatives used to

prolong the life of electrical enclosures in outdoor

environments.

How Does SolarGuard™ Do What It Does?

SolarGuard’s™ patented double-protection formula

was developed in Stahlin’s FormRight lab.

Due to its chemical composition and other additives,

SolarGuard™ is able to reduce the effects of UV

degredation such as surface roughening and fiber

blooming.

How does SolarGuard™ achieve this level

of performance?

SolarGuard™ features proprietary double-protection

formulation technology that significantly enhances the

molecular bond strength and crosslinking that occurs

during the curing process in thermosetting polyester

sheet molding compounds (SMC). Stahlin’s

SolarGuard™ system fights polymer degradation by

making it much more difficult for UV light to attack

molecular bonds of both primary chains and

crosslinks.

A special UV Absorber is added to the

SolarGuard™ formulation which acts to absorb UV

energy, then to release it without damaging the

polymer chain. The neo-pentyl glycol (NPG) isopthalic

based resin system of SolarGuard™ ensures UL 94

5V fire retardancy, but provides a much stronger bond

of the polymer chain resulting in significantly improved

weathering resistance.

As the standard SMC formulation for all Stahlin

fiberglass electrical products, SolarGuard™ provides

an unsurpassed level of UV resistance, fire retardancy,

chemical resistance and safe, durable

performance...all without adding cost to Stahlin’s world

class electrical enclosures.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 184

SolarGuard™ benefits

185

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

How SolarGuard™ Benefits You!

AT A GLANCE: DOUBLE PROTECTION THAT WORKS!

1.) THE SOLARGUARD™ WAY

The SolarGuard™ formulation is a neo-

pentyl glycol (NPG) isopthalic based resin

system that contains no bromine. Therefore,

there are no weak links in the polymer chain

making the UV energy required to break

these links significantly greater. The result?

SolarGuard™ SMC material provides much

better UV weathering characteristics. Fire

retardancy requirements are still achieved

and maintained via fillers that meet UL 94 5V

standards.

2.) THE SOLARGUARD™ WAY

The special UV absorber is also added into

SolarGuard™ and works to absorb UV energy and

release it without damaging the polymer chain. This is

achieved by absorbing UV energy and emitting the light

at a different wavelength and frequency than that of the

electrons in the carbon-carbon bonds. This prevents the

polymer bonds from breaking apart. This material will

also absorb UV energy more readily than the links of the

polymer chain thus providing increased protection of the

polyester material and increased resistance to the

damaging effects of UV radiation.

• Between a 32-and-60 % improvement, compared to

other SMC formulations, in its ability to retain gloss and

color after exposure to concentrated UV light.

• Material thickness remains very stable, demonstrating

that the physical properties of SolarGuard™ are still very

much intact after rigorous testing.

• Excellent chemical resistance in both exposed vapor and

total submersion applications.

• ASTM flame spread testing meets a NFPA No. 101

Class A (I) Flame Spread Index.

• Potential toxic emissions have been eliminated or

substantially reduced from elimination of materials such

as bromine, tin and antimony. Other acid gasses have

been reduced or eliminated along with significant

reductions of black smoke when burned. This formulation

is considered to be non-haloginated.

THE SOLARGUARD™ DIFFERENCE

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 185

186

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Technical

Information

Proof Through Performance

A unique SMC system for maximizing polymer chain and crosslink bonding.

Up to 60% more UV-resistant compared with other available formulations.

Meets UL 94 5V Fire-Retardancy Standards plus NFPA No. 101 Class A Flame Spread Index.

Eliminates toxic bromine and antimony.

Available to you at NO additional finished-product cost.

Note: Product comparison data

resulting from independent,

third-party accelerated testing

can be obtained by contacting

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 186

SolarGuard™ Testing Procedures

187

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Testing Procedures Used To Ensure That SolarGuard™

Meets Or Exceeds All Relative Industry Standards

– UL 746 C Polymeric Materials Used In

Electrical Equipment Evaluations

– UL 50 Enclosures For Electrical Equipment

– UL 508 Industrial Control Panels.

Additional tests have been performed above and

beyond these industry guidelines to aid in

providing the end user with a premium product for

a broad range of uses. These tests were

performed using ASTM standards and other

government approved procedures. Test standards

and evaluation criteria are:

– Chemical resistance testing (submerged and

vapor), 37 various chemicals (acids, bases)

– ASTM E162 Flame Spread

– ASTM E662 Smoke Density

– Particulate dust weight (NIOSH 05000), Acid

gases HBr, HCl, HNO3, HPO4, H2SO4

(NIOSH 7903), Cyanide (NIOSH 7904),

Metals (NIOSH 7300), VOC’s with TIC’s (EPA

TO-14/TO-15), PAH (NIOSH 5506), Carbon

Monoxide, Carbon Dioxide, Visual Fiberglass

(NIOSH 7400), Ammonia, NO, NO2, HS2.

Additional UV testing has been performed under

the following guidelines and evaluation criteria.

Exposure testing is performed in Arizona in

accordance with ASTM G90-98, Spray Cycle 1

(EMMAQUA, day spray with nighttime wetting).

– ASTM G 147-96 Standard Practice for

Conditioning and Handling of Non-Metallic

Materials for Natural and Artificial Weathering

Test

– ASTM G 90-98 Standard Practice for

Performing Accelerated Outdoor Weathering

of Non-Metallic Materials Using Concentrated

Natural Sunlight

– ASTM D 660-93 Method for Evaluating

Degree Checking of Exterior Paints

– ASTM D 2244-93 Test Method for Calculation

of Color Difference from Instrumentally

Measured Color Coordinates

– ASTM E 308-96 Standard Practice for

Computing the Colors of Objects by Using the

CIE System

– ASTM D1729-96 Practice for Visual Appraisal

of Color and Color Difference of Diffusely-

Illuminated Opaque Materials

– ASTM D 661-93 Method for Evaluating

Degree of Cracking of Exterior Paints

– SFTS-1 (Wash)) 92-03-30 Method of Cleaning

Exposed Specimens Prior to Inspection,

Method A, Washed With Deionized Water and

Soft Sponge

– ASTM D 523-89 (1999) Test Method for

Specular Gloss

– ASTM D 4214-89 Standard Test Methods for

Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior

Paint Films, Method D, Transparent Tape

Method

UV correlation testing has been performed using

accelerated artificial weathering devices. Tests

were performed using a QUV A Fluorescent Bulb

Weatherometer. The test method utilizes a QUV

machine, which consists of 2 banks of 4

fluorescent lights each that emit light in the UV-A

(340 nm) wavelength. This UV wavelength

simulates normal outdoor sunlight. The second

part of the test utilizes water vapor to simulate

rain/fog. The exposure cycle consist of alternating

4 hours of UV-A at 65 degree C and 4 hours of

100% relative humidity at 50 degree C. Testing is

in accordance with ASTM G154 specifications.

Technical

Information

Technical_info_2011_3_Technical_info_2011 8/22/11 8:08 PM Page 187

188

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Glossary

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms

ANCE National Standardization and

Certification of the Electrical Sector Association

Col. Fuentes de Tecamachalco Naucalpan de

Juarez C.P. 53950, Edo. de Mexico ANCE per-

forms standards functions in Mexico which are

similar to those of ANSI in the United States and

CSA in Canada.

ANSI American National Standards Institute

1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018

Arc Resistance

Measures electrical-breakdown conditions. Arc

resistance is measured as time, in seconds that it

takes for an electrical current to arc across a dis-

tance along the insulating surface. The higher the

value, the greater the resistance to break down.

ASTM American Society for Testing and

Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive Conshohocken,

PA 19428

Attenuation A measure of the ability to con-

tain or repel EMI/RFI energy.

Bonding Establishing a low impedance con-

ducting path between conductors in an electrical

system.

BTU British Thermal Unit. A measure of the

amount of heat required to raise the temperature

of 1 lb. of water 1°F. This unit is commonly used

to rate air conditioning capacity.

CANENA Council for Harmonization of

Electrotechnical Standardization of North

America, harmonizes standards among Canada,

Mexico and the United States.

Composite The combination of reinforcing

fibers, usually glass or carbon, and a polymer

resin. The fiber reinforcement provides physical

properties which exceed the resin alone.

Compression Set A physical property of

gasket materials, the difference between the ini-

tial height of a never compressed gasket and the

same gasket after being compressed for a given

time period divided by the original height and

expressed as a percentage. A lower number is

desirable.

Compressive Strength

Describes how much weight a non-moving,

specified size and shape a material can with-

stand before crushed. Compressive strength is

measured in thousands of pounds per square

inch. Higher numbers indicate stronger materials.

Conduction 1. Electrical — The flow of elec-

trical current in a material. 2. Thermal — The

transfer of kinetic energy from one molecule to

another as heat flows from a hot area to a cold

area.

Continuity A low impedance conducting path

between conductors in an electrical system.

Convection The transfer of heat by mixing flu-

ids, either naturally or forced as by a fan or air

conditioning.

Cover The unhinged portion of an enclosure

that closes an opening.

CSA Canadian Standards Association 178

Rexdale Boulevard Etobicoke, Ontario Canada

M9W 1R3

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 188

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms

189

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Glossary

dB (decibel) Unit to express the effectiveness

of a material or system in reducing electromagnet-

ic interference. If an enclosure reduces the EMI

by 30 dB, the power of the interfering wave will be

reduced by a factor of 1000 in passing through the

enclosure. The equation for calculating attenua-

tion in decibels is dB = 10 log10 (P1/P2) where

P1= power of the interference wave before it

passes through the enclosure, P2= power of the

wave after it has been reduced (attenuated) by the

enclosure.

Deflection Temperature Under Load

(DTUL)

Measure the temperature at which a material

deflects a given amount under a given load. It was

developed for thermoplastic materials which soft-

en considerably when heated. It has a relatively

little value as a design figure for reinforced ther-

mosetting polymers.

Density

Is the weight of a materials per unit volume. It is

measured in pounds per cubic foot (lbs./cu. Ft).

Higher numbers indicate heavier materials.

Design Test Tests to confirm performance of a

product designed to an applicable standard, not

intended to be a production test.

Dielectric Strength

Is an indication of the electrical strength of a

material as an insulator. The specimen is placed

between heavy cylindrical brass electrodes that

carry electrical current. For short-term tests, the

voltage is increased from zero to breakdown at a

uniform rate. Breakdown by these tests means

passage of sudden excessive current through the

specimen; it can be verified by instruments and

visible damage. The dielectric strength of an insu-

lating material is the voltage gradient at which

electric failure or breakdown occurs. The dielectric

strengths of materials vary greatly with several

conditions such as humidity and geometry. Is is

not possible to apply the standard test values

directly to field use unless all condition, including

specimen dimension, are the same. Because of

this, the dielectric-strength test results are of rela-

tive rather that absolute value as specification

guides.

Door The hinged portion of an enclosure that

closes an opening.

Electromagnetic Emission Electrical ener-

gy radiated into the environment intentionally by

an antenna or incidentally by an electronic compo-

nent or power equipment during a switching oper-

ation.

Electromagnetic Field Invisible fields which

surround energized conductors such as wires and

antennas. A field has both electric and magnetic

components.

Electromagnetic Immunity The capability

of an electronic component or electrical equip-

ment to perform its intended function in the pres-

ence of external electromagnetic fields.

EMI ElectroMagnetic Interference. Randomly

radiated electrical energy which varies in frequen-

cy and intensity and is coupled to electronic sys-

tems with undesirable results. Sources include

power lines, high voltage equipment, switches,

relays or any device that generates an electric

spark or corona.

EMC ElectroMagnetic Compatibility. The ability

of electronic equipment to perform its intended

function in the presence of EMI and RFI distur-

bances without affecting proper operation.

EMP ElectroMagnetic Pulse. Interference

caused by a large and sudden electrical discharge

such as lightning.

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 189

190

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Glossary

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms

Enclosure A surrounding case constructed to

provide a degree of protection to personnel

against incidental contact with the enclosed

equipment and to provide a degree of protection

to the enclosed equipment. Enclosure Type defi-

nitions describe the application and the environ-

mental conditions for which an enclosure will pro-

vide protection.

EU European Union

Flammability 94V-0 is a rating which is used

to establish the flammability of enclosure materi-

als. It is performed by exposing a specimen of

the material in a vertical position to a flame and

determining if it burns and for how long it contin-

ues to burn after the flame is removed.

Flexural Strength

Also known as bending strength. It describes how

much of a non-moving weight can be applied

before a materials yields or breaks. It is meas-

ured in thousands of pounds per square inch.

Higher numbers mean the material is stronger

and can withstand a heavier load.

Grounding Intentionally establishing a low

impedance current path between conducting

materials at the same potential, not necessarily

energized, of an electrical system and the earth

at zero potential. Grounds are extremely critical

to protect equipment and personnel from electri-

cal shock.

Hazardous Area Area where electrical equip-

ment is installed and ignitable flammable gases

and vapors; flammable and combustible liquids;

combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and flyings

are or could be present. See National Electrical

Code, Articles 501-505 and 511-517.

Heat Deflection Temperature The tem-

perature at which a composite specimen begins

to deflect when exposed to a prescribed load.

Heat Distortion Temperature See Heat

Deflection Temperature, both terms are used.

hz, hertz The measure of frequency, defined

as one cycle/sec.

IEC -International Electrotechnical Commission

1 Rue de Varembei CH-1211 Geneva 20,

Switzerland

Indoor Locations Areas which are protected

from exposure to the weather.

Impact Strength –IZOD

A measure of how much energy is absorbed by

the material when it is broken by a moving

weight. There area many different test methods

for measuring impact. IZOD is but one of these

methods. IZOD is measured in foot pounds per

inch of width. (This is sometimes given as foot

pounds per inch of notch.) Higher numbers mean

that the materials will absorb more energy before

it is broken by a moving weight.

K Factor A measure of the effectiveness of a

material as a thermal insulator. It represents the

quantity of heat which can pass through one

square foot of material in one hour for every

degree Fahrenheit of temperature difference

across one inch of material thickness.

Mhz, Megahertz A measure of frequency,

defined as one million cycles/sec.

Mold Shrinkage

Is the difference in dimensions between the cold

mold and cold part.

NEC National Electric Code, an NFPA docu-

ment.

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers

Association 1300 North 17th St, Suite 1847

Rosslyn, VA 22209

NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1

Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA

02269-9101

Glossary

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 190

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms

191

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Non-hazardous Areas Area where electrical

equipment is installed and ignitable flammable

gases and vapors; flammable and combustible

liquids; combustible dusts or ignitable fibers and

flyings are not present. See NEC Articles 501-

501 and 511-517 as well as the above definition

of Hazardous Areas.

Non-ventilated Constructed so as to provide

no intentional circulation of external air through

the enclosure.

Ohms per Square A measurement unit for

electrical continuity of the metal coating applied

internally to fiberglass enclosures for EMI/RFI

shielding. The surface resistance (conductivity)

measurement is without units because the sur-

face areas does not influence the reading, i.e.,

measurements will yield the same result over 1

in2, 1 cm2 or 1 m2.

Outdoor Locations Areas which are

exposed to the weather.

Relative Permittivity

Is the ration of the capacitance of a particular

material to the capacitance of air. The relative

permittivity of most insulating materials varies

from 2 to 10, air having 1. Higher values indicate

greater insulating qualities.

RFI Radio Frequency Interference.

Interference caused by radio waves which

emanate from commercial radio and television

stations, amateur radio broadcasts, radar,

microwave ovens, etc. Radio waves are usually

well defined in terms of amplitude and frequency.

Seamless Gasket The polymer gasket which

is automatically dispensed and chemically reacts

to form a gasket which has no seams.

SMC Sheet Molding Compound. The fiber-

glass-polyester material used to mold Stahlin

Enclosures. The compression molding process

used to make Stahlin fiberglass enclosures.

Specific Gravity

Is the ration of the density of a material to the

density of water. It can be obtained by dividing a

material’s density in lbs/ft to the 3rd power by

62.36.

Specific Heat

(Thermal Capacity) Defines how much heat is

needed to raise the temperature of one pound of

material one degree F. It is measured in BTUs

per pound per degree Fahrenheit (BTU/lb/~).

Higher numbers mean that it takes more heat

energy to raise the temperature of a material.

Strip Gasket The neoprene material which is

cut in strips and attached to the enclosure with

an adhesive.

Temperature Rise The temperature differ-

ence between air inside the enclosure and the

ambient air outside the enclosure.

Tensile Elongation

When a specified size and shape bar of a materi-

al is pulled, it gets longer. Elongation tells how

much longer it gets before it breaks.

Tensile Modulus

Measure of the ability of a material to withstand

load without permanent deformation. It is normal-

ly measured as the slope of a the straight line

portion of a plot of stress vs. strain. Is is meas-

ured in millions of pounds per square inch.

Tensile Strength

Describes how much of a non-moving load a

material can withstand before it no longer returns

to its original length upon removal of the load.

Tensile strength is measured in thousands of

pounds per square inch. Higher numbers indicate

materials which can withstand a stronger pull

before failure.

Glossary

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 191

192

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Glossary

Industry Acronyms and Enclosure Terms

Thermal Coefficient of Expansion

Measures how much the length of a material will

change when the material is heated or cooled.

The value given is based on the inch as a unit.

The number given shows how much this materi-

als will increase in length if the temperature of

the material is raised one degree Fahrenheit

(in/in/˚F). Higher numbers mean that the material

will expand or lengthen more for each degree

rise in temperature. Smaller numbers indicate rel-

ative stability to change no matter what tempera-

ture.

Thermal Conductivity

Known as the K factor. It measures the transfer of

heat from one side of a material to the other side.

It is measured as BTUs per hour per unit area

(square feet) for a thickness of one inch and a

temperature difference of one degree Fahrenheit

between both sides of the material in the same

amount of time.

Thermal Radiation The transfer of energy

by electromagnetic waves.

Thermoplastic A polymer which becomes

solid when the temperature falls below its melting

point. A thermoplastic polymer, once cured, can

be reheated, melted and shaped into something

else.

Thermoset A polymer which is cured at a

given temperature, an irreversible chemical reac-

tion. A thermoset polymer, once cured, cannot

be heated again and shaped into something else.

Torque Torque is the tendency of a force to

rotate an object about an axis. Just as a force is

a push or pull, torque can be thought of as a

twist. The unit of measure is generally expressed

in foot pounds or inch pounds.

UL Underwriters Laboratories

333 Pfingsten Road

Northbrook, IL 60062

ULC Underwriters Laboratories of Canada

7 Crouse Road

Scarborough, Ontario

Canada M1R 3A9

UV Ultraviolet Light. The component of sun

light above the visible spectrum that affects poly-

mer materials in long term exposures.

Ventilated Constructed so as to provide for

the circulation of external air through the enclo-

sure to remove excess heat, fumes, or vapors.

Volume Resistivity

Is the electrical resistance between opposite

aces of a unit cube (1 cm to the 3rd power) of a

given material. This resistance is expressed in

ohms. Higher values indicate greater insulating

qualities.

Water Absorption A physical property of

materials. A specimen of the material is

weighed, placed in water for 24 hours and

reweighed. The difference between the initial

weight and the weight after water exposure is

expressed as a percentage.

Glossary

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 192

193

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Stahlin Enclosures Catalog Part Number Index

Glossary

Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix Page No.

DiamondShield Series 14 - 39

DiamondShield Opaque Cover Series 16 - 21

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .W 16, 20, 21

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .HW 17, 20, 21

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .HPL 18, 20, 21

DS60604 thru 201610 . . . . . . . .HLL 19, 20, 21

DiamondShield Clear Cover Series 22 - 27

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .W 22, 26, 27

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .HW 23, 26, 27

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .HPL 24, 26, 27

DSCC60604 thru 16148 . . . . . .HLL 25, 26, 27

DiamondShield Window Series 28 - 31

DSW60604 thru 201610 . . . . . .HPL 28, 30, 31

DSW100806 thru 201610 . . . . .HLL 29, 30, 31

DiamondShield Panels 32 - 37

P806 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .ASAL 35

CP606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .AL 36

BP66 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .AL,CS,SS,FG 36

P806 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .SWAL 37

P606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .STAL 37

DiamondShield Panel Kits 38 - 39

Panel and Accessory Combination Kits, Includes Panel

Panel Accessory Kits, Panel NOT Included

Other Accessory Kits

DiamondShield Cover Only 39

DS606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .CVR 39

DSCC606 thru 1614 . . . . . . . . .CVR 39

DSW606 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . .CVR 39

Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix Page No.

Classic Series . . . . 40 - 53

Classic Opaque Cover Series 40 - 45

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .W 40, 45

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .HW 41, 45

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .HL 42, 45

CL1311 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . .HLL 43, 45

CL707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .HPL 44, 45

Classic Window Series . . 48 - 53

CLW1311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .W 48, 52, 53

CLW707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . .HW 49, 52, 53

CLW1311 thru 1513 . . . . . . . .HLL 50, 52, 53

CLW707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . .HPL 51, 52, 53

Small Junction Series 54- 59

CF332 thru 1732 . . . . . . . . . . .None 56, 57

F763 thru 963 . . . . . . . . . . . . .None 58, 59

PushButton Series 60 - 67

CF1PB thru 6PB . . . . . . . . . . .None 62 - 63

CF1PB thru 6PB . . . . . . . . . . .-22 64 - 65

F4PBW thru 9PBW . . . . . . . . .None 66 - 67

J/RJ Series 68 - 107

J Series – Opaque Cover 68 - 77

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .W 70, 75, 76, 77

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HW 71, 75, 76, 77

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HLL 72, 75, 76, 77

J604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HPL 73, 75, 76, 77

J806 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .FHW 74, 75, 76, 77

J1008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FHAPL 76

continued next page

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 193

194

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Index

Catalog Part Number Index

Glossary

Prefix Family Suffix Page No.

J/RJ Series

continued

68 - 107

JW Series w/ Window 78 - 81

JW604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HLL 78, 80, 81

JW604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HPL 79, 80, 81

RJ Raised Cover Series 82 - 87

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .W 82, 86, 87

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HW 83, 86, 87

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HLL 82, 86, 87

RJ604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .HPL 85, 86, 87

RJW Raised Cover w/ Window 88 - 91

RJW1008 thru 1816 . . . . . . . . .HLL 88, 90, 91

RJW604 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . .HPL 88, 89, 91

JCC Clear Cover Series 92 - 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .W 92, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .HW 93, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .HLL 94, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .HPL 95, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .FHW 96, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .FHLL 97, 99

JCC808 thru 1212 . . . . . . . . . . .FHPL 99, 99

FatBoy SSH Series 100 - 105

J8068 thru 201617 . . . . . . . . . .SSH 101 - 102

J8088 thru 201617 . . . . . . . . . .SSH 103 - 105

TeleControl Series 106 - 107

J1407 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TC 106 - 107

Prefix Family Suffix Page No.

PolyStar™Series 108 - 113

PC606 thru 1816 None 110, 112

PC606 thru 1816 CC 111, 112

PolyStar Swing Panel Kits PC606PK thru

PC1816SPK 113

Accessories PCSNK 113

PCSPMK 113

PCLATCHKIT 113

PCACCESSORYKIT 113

DuraBoxx®Series 114 - 119

DuraBoxx®Series Flush Fitting Cover 116 - 119

D333 thru 16165 . . . . . . . . .W 116 - 117

DL18127 thru 24168 . . . . . .W 118 - 119

DuraBoxx®Series Clear Cover 117

DCC554 thru 594 . . . . . . . . .W 117

DuraBoxx®Series Back Panels 153

D333 thru 16165 . . . . . . . . .BP 153

DL18127 thru 24168 . . . . . .BP 153

NewSentry Series 120 - 123

J442 thru 12126 . . . . . . . . . .PVC 122 - 123

N Series 124 - 139

Opaque Cover 126 - 133

N16107 thru 363613 . . . . . .HWT 126, 132-133

N16107 thru 363613 . . . . . .FHLWT 127, 132-133

N24126 thru 363012 . . . . . .WT 128, 132-133

N20168 thru 363613 . . . . . .RT 129, 132-133

N20168 thru 363613 . . . . . .FHLRT 130, 132-133

N20208 thru 363613 . . . . . .no suffix 131, 132-133

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 194

Stahlin Enclosures Catalog Part Number Index

195

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Glossary

Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix Page No.

N Series

continued

NW Series – Bonded Window 134-135

NW201610 thru NW483612 . . .HW T 134 - 135

Control Tower 139

N483612 thru 603616 . . . . . . . .No Suffix 139

N483612 thru 603624 . . . . . . . .HWT 139

N483612 thru 603616 . . . . . . . .FHLWT 139

N483612 thru 603616 . . . . . . . .RT 139

N722525 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .FS 139

N722418 thru 903636 . . . . . . . .FSHWT 139

N722418 thru 903620 . . . . . . . .FSRT 139

N364812 thru 54428 . . . . . . . . .DDHWT 139

N364812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DDFHLWT 139

N364812 thru 54428 . . . . . . . . .DDRT 139

N724818 thru 726018 . . . . . . . .FSDD 139

N604810 thru 907236 . . . . . . . .FSDDHWT 139

N727212 thru 727220 . . . . . . . .FSDDFHLWT 139

N606012 thru 727218 . . . . . . . .FSDDRT 139

N722525 thru 723618 . . . . . . . .FSFHLWT 139

Disconnect Enclosures 140 - 143

C2016 thru C3630 . . . . . . . . . . .None 142 - 143

Prefix Family . . . . . . . .Suffix Page No.

Accessories 144 - 159

PluggIt 145

Breather & Drain Vents 144

Back Panels 150- 331

Back Panel – DS, J, JCC, RJ, CL, PC, F

BP64 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . .AL, FG, SS, CS 150

Back Panel – N Series

BP1610 thru 9072 . . . . . . . . . .AL, CS 151

BP1610 thru 3636 . . . . . . . . . .SS 151

Back Panel – C Disconnect

BP2016 thru 3630 . . . . . . . . . .CD 150

Dead Front Panels

Classic Series

DF707 thru 1513 . . . . . . . . . . .no suffix 154

J Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1008 thru 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .DF 155

N Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2016 thru 3630 . . . . . . . . . . . .DF 155

Fiberglass Trough & Strut 158 - 159

FT6612 thru 66120 . . . . . . . . .None 158

20P2000 thru 20P1000 . . . . . .None 159

Other Accessories 144 - 159

Glossary_2011_5_Glossary_2011_5 8/22/11 8:17 PM Page 195

196

Stahlin Enclosures •500 Maple Street, Belding, MI 48809 •Phone: 616-794-0700 •Fax: 616-794-3378 •www.stahlin.com

Notes

Notes_2011_2_Notes_2011_1 8/22/11 8:19 PM Page 196

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

A Member of The Robroy Industries Group

Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures

500 Maple Street

Belding, MI 48809

Phone: 616-794-0700

Fax: 616-794-3378

Website: www.stahlin.com

CMY

SE 400 Stahlin Non Metallic Enclosures Catalog 297241

106316-Catalog 106316-Catalog 106316-Catalog 785928 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

636850-Catalog 636850-Catalog 636850-Catalog 785928 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

636850-Brochure 636850-Brochure 636850-Brochure 785928 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

103555-Catalog 103555-Catalog 103555-Catalog 785928 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation